001 <?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
002
003 <!--
004 <!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
005 "/afs/cern.ch/sw/XML/XMLBIN/share/www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xmldtd-4.2/docbookx.dtd">
006
007 <!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//Norman Walsh//DTD DocBk XML V4.5//EN"
008 "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd">
009
010 <!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
011 "xmldtd-4.2/docbookx.dtd">
012 -->
013
014 <!-- how to create help.jar help for Atlantis: Atlantis website, development
015 documents, Online Help Development - Directions for creation of help.jar
016 -->
017
018
019 <!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.2//EN"
020 "xmldtd-4.2/docbookx.dtd" [
021 <!ENTITY Delta "<symbol>Δ</symbol>">
022 <!ENTITY Gamma "<symbol>Γ</symbol>">
023 <!ENTITY eta "<symbol>η</symbol>">
024 <!ENTITY lambda "<symbol>λ</symbol>">
025 <!ENTITY phi "<symbol>φ</symbol>">
026 <!ENTITY pi "<symbol>π</symbol>">
027 <!ENTITY rho "<symbol>ρ</symbol>">
028
029 <!ENTITY deg "<symbol>°</symbol>">
030 <!ENTITY gt "<symbol>></symbol>">
031 <!ENTITY harr "<symbol>↔</symbol>">
032 <!ENTITY lt "<symbol><</symbol>">
033 <!ENTITY micro "<symbol>µ</symbol>">
034 <!ENTITY nbsp "<symbol> </symbol>">
035 <!ENTITY ne "<symbol>≠</symbol>">
036 <!ENTITY plusmn "<symbol>±</symbol>">
037 <!ENTITY prop "<symbol>∝</symbol>">
038 <!ENTITY radic "<symbol>√</symbol>">
039 <!ENTITY rarr "<symbol>→</symbol>">
040 <!ENTITY thkap "<symbol>≈</symbol>">
041 <!ENTITY thksim "<symbol>∼</symbol>">
042 <!ENTITY times "<symbol>×</symbol>">
043 <!ENTITY verbar "<symbol>|</symbol>">
044 ]>
045
046 <!-- entity codes ==========================================================
047 hexadeci decimal used LaTeX
048 Delta Δ Δ Δ $\Delta$
049 Gamma Γ Γ Γ $\Gamma$
050 eta η η η $\eta$
051 lambda λ λ λ $\lambda\$
052 phi φ φ φ $\phi$
053 pi π π π $\pi$
054 rho ρ ρ ρ $\rho$
055
056 deg ° degree sign ° ° $\deg$
057 gt > greater than > > $\gt$
058 harr ↔ left right arrow ↔ ↔ $\leftrightarrow$
059 horbar ― horizontal bar ― NOT USED
060 lt < less than < < $\lt$
061 micro µ micro sign µ µ $\mu$
062 nbsp   no break space   \
063 ne ≠ not equal ≠ ≠ $\not=$
064 plusmn ± plus-or-minus sign ± ± $\pm$
065 prop ∝ is proportional to ∝ ∝ $\propto$
066 radic √ radical √ √ $\surd$
067 rarr → rightward arrow → → $\rightarrow$
068 thkap ≈ thick approximation ≈ ≈ $\approx$
069 thksim ∼ thick similar ∼ ∼ $\sim$
070 times × × × $\times$
071 verbar | vertical bar | | $\mid$
072
073 ∞ ∞
074 ===========================================================================-->
075
076 <book lang="en">
077
078 <bookinfo>
079 <title>Atlantis Online Documentation
080 </title>
081 <author>
082 <surname>Atlantis Support Group</surname>
083 </author>
084 <affiliation>
085 <address format="linespecific">CERN
086 <email>Atlantis.Support@CERN.CH</email></address>
087 </affiliation>
088 <pubdate>Docbook V1.4 01-may-2007</pubdate>
089 <copyright>
090 <year>2006-2007</year>
091 <holder>ATLAS Collaboration</holder>
092 </copyright>
093 </bookinfo>
094
095 <!--=======================================================================-->
096 <chapter id="HelpHowTo">
097 <title id="HelpHowTo.title">About the Atlantis Help System</title>
098
099 <para>
100 The Atlantis event display program has two independent systems for
101 online help, <emphasis>tooltips</emphasis> and
102 <emphasis>online documentation</emphasis>.
103 The tooltips are integrated into the program,
104 the online documentation is placed outside the program, but is shown
105 in a pop-up window when referenced from the program.
106 </para>
107
108 <para>
109 <emphasis>Tooltips</emphasis>
110 </para>
111
112 <para>
113 Tooltip help consists of short text messages associated with practically
114 every graphical component of the user interface. You obtain these messages
115 by stopping the mouse cursor in the area you want to get help for.
116 If a message exists for the component it will appear on the screen after
117 a few moments.
118 </para>
119
120 <para>
121 <emphasis>Online documentation</emphasis>
122 </para>
123
124 <para>
125 The online documentation is a hierarchically organized set of pages,
126 linked to each other by hypertext links. These pages provide much more
127 detailed descriptions than tooltips, but not every graphical component
128 has an associated page. The online documentation is displayed in the
129 help pop-up window
130 (see <xref endterm="HelpWindow.title" linkend="HelpWindow"></xref>)
131 that is opened via the
132 <emphasis>Help→Online Help System</emphasis> menu option of the menu of
133 the Control Window
134 (see <xref endterm="ControlWindow.title" linkend="ControlWindow"></xref>).
135 This window contains the table of contents in the left margin for easy
136 navigation.
137 </para>
138
139 <para>
140 The hierarchy of pages is reflected in the terms chapter and section.
141 </para>
142
143 <para>
144 In the help pop-up window you can start navigating and use the Table of
145 Contents to directly go to the page you are interested in.
146 </para>
147
148 <para>
149 An alternative and more direct way to access the online documentation of
150 a graphical component is to <emphasis>right-click</emphasis> on that
151 component.
152 This will show the available help page directly in the help pop-up window.
153 </para>
154
155 <para>
156 The online documentation is also accessible via the
157 <ulink url="http://atlantis.web.cern.ch/atlantis/">
158 <emphasis>Atlantis website</emphasis></ulink>, both as webpages and as PDF
159 document (select <emphasis>Documentation</emphasis> in the left margin of
160 a webpage of the Atlantis website).
161 </para>
162
163 </chapter>
164
165 <!--=======================================================================-->
166 <chapter id="Introduction">
167 <title id="Introduction.title">Introduction</title>
168
169 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
170 <sect1 id="AboutAtlantis">
171 <title id="AboutAtlantis.title">2.1 About Atlantis</title>
172
173 <para>
174 Atlantis is an event display program for the
175 <ulink url="http://www.cern.ch/atlas/">ATLAS</ulink> experiment at
176 <ulink url="http://www.cern.ch/">CERN</ulink>'s
177 <ulink url="http://www.cern.ch/lhc/">Large Hadron Collider</ulink>.
178 The primary goal of the program is <emphasis>the visual investigation and
179 the understanding of the physics of complete events</emphasis>.
180 Secondary goals are to help develop reconstruction and analysis algorithms,
181 to facilitate debugging during commisioning and to create pictures and
182 animations for publications, presentations and exhibitions.
183 </para>
184
185 <para>
186 Specific features of the program are:
187
188 <itemizedlist>
189 <listitem>
190 <para>
191 The use of <emphasis>data oriented projections</emphasis>.
192 See <xref linkend="Projection"></xref>.
193 </para>
194 </listitem>
195 <listitem>
196 <para>
197 The use of
198 <emphasis>subviews within the display area window</emphasis> to be able to
199 view various projections simultaneously.
200 See <xref endterm="Canvas.title" linkend="Canvas"></xref>.
201 </para>
202 </listitem>
203 <listitem>
204 <para>
205 <emphasis>2D animations</emphasis> beyond panning and zooming.
206 </para>
207 </listitem>
208 <listitem>
209 <para>
210 <emphasis>3D synchronous pointers</emphasis> across the various
211 projections, so you may pick an object in one projection and see where it is
212 located in the other projections.
213 </para>
214 </listitem>
215 <listitem>
216 <para>
217 A basically <emphasis>mouse driven user interface</emphasis>
218 using generally applied
219 facilities of modern user interfaces (e.g. pop-up, tooltip).
220 See <xref linkend="UserInterface"></xref>.
221 </para>
222 </listitem>
223 </itemizedlist>
224
225 Atlantis is based on the
226 <ulink url="http://www.cern.ch/aleph/">ALEPH</ulink> event display
227 <ulink url="http://www.cern.ch/aleph/dali/">DALI</ulink> and is written
228 entirely in <ulink url="http://java.sun.com/j2se/1.4.1/">JAVA</ulink>.
229 </para>
230
231 <para>
232 <emphasis>Leading Principles</emphasis>
233 </para>
234
235 <para>
236 Three leading principles form the base of Atlantis development:
237
238 <itemizedlist>
239 <listitem>
240 <para>
241 Atlantis is <emphasis>fast</emphasis>.
242 </para>
243 </listitem>
244 <listitem>
245 <para>
246 Atlantis is used <emphasis>intuitively</emphasis>.
247 </para>
248 </listitem>
249 <listitem>
250 <para>
251 Atlantis is used for <emphasis>complete ATLAS events</emphasis>.
252 </para>
253 </listitem>
254 </itemizedlist>
255
256 So we try to realize:
257 <emphasis>Everything quickly available for everybody!</emphasis>
258 </para>
259
260 </sect1>
261
262 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
263 <sect1 id="Roadmap">
264 <title id="Roadmap.title">2.2 Roadmap of the Atlantis Online Documentation</title>
265
266 <para>
267 This section gives a short description of the structure of the documentation.
268 </para>
269
270 <para>
271 <xref linkend="Introduction"></xref> describes some basics:
272 see <xref endterm="YZ1.title" linkend="YZ1"></xref> and
273 <xref endterm="PictureNecessities.title" linkend="PictureNecessities"></xref>.
274 Information for new users can be found via
275 <xref endterm="DIRinfo.title" linkend="DIRinfo"></xref>.
276 </para>
277
278 <para>
279 <xref linkend="UserInterface"></xref>
280 describes how the user interface is set up and gives
281 short descriptions of its full functionality.
282 Topics include: read events from various sources (details for
283 interactive selection from Athena in <xref linkend="Athena"></xref>,
284 maintain lists of personally selected data, maintain a personal startup
285 configuration file, choose shape and subdivision of the Canvas,
286 reset the program to initial settings, access help information,
287 select and use interactions and projections (details in
288 <xref linkend="Interactions"></xref> and <xref linkend="Projection"></xref>,
289 select data and apply cuts on selected data (details in
290 <xref linkend="DataMain"></xref>, change attributes of detector elements and
291 data (details in <xref linkend="Detector"></xref>.
292 </para>
293
294 <para>
295 <xref linkend="Interactions"></xref> describes in detail the various
296 interactions that work on the pictures generated on the Canvas.
297 </para>
298
299 <para>
300 <xref linkend="Projection"></xref> describes in detail the various projections
301 that can be applied to pictures on the Canvas.
302 </para>
303
304 <para>
305 <xref linkend="DataMain"></xref>
306 describes in detail how to make selections from the availabe data, which
307 cuts can be applied on the selected data and how cuts can be applied.
308 </para>
309
310 <para>
311 <xref linkend="Detector"></xref>
312 describes in detail the detector and data elements with attributes that
313 can be modified.
314 </para>
315
316 <para>
317 <xref linkend="Athena"></xref>
318 describes in detail the interactive selection of events from Athena.
319 </para>
320 </sect1>
321
322 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
323 <sect1 id="YZ1">
324 <title id="YZ1.title">2.3 Which coordinate systems are used?</title>
325
326 <para>
327 The ATLAS coordinate system (X,Y,Z) is defined as a right-handed
328 system:
329
330 <itemizedlist>
331 <listitem>
332 <para>
333 X = horizontal axis, pointing to the centre of the LHC ring,
334 </para>
335 </listitem>
336 <listitem>
337 <para>
338 Y = vertical axis, pointing upward,
339 </para>
340 </listitem>
341 <listitem>
342 <para>
343 Z = horizontal axis, following the beam direction.
344 </para>
345 </listitem>
346 </itemizedlist>
347 </para>
348
349 <para>
350 Additionally, the coordinate system (φ,η,ρ) is defined
351 as:
352
353 <itemizedlist>
354 <listitem>
355 <para>
356 ρ = sqrt(X<superscript>2</superscript>+Y<superscript>2</superscript>),
357 </para>
358 </listitem>
359 <listitem>
360 <para>
361 φ = arctan(Y/X), the azimuthal angle,
362 φ = 0 corresponds to the positive X-axis,
363 </para>
364 </listitem>
365 <listitem>
366 <para>
367 η = arctan(ρ/Z).
368 </para>
369 </listitem>
370 </itemizedlist>
371 </para>
372
373 </sect1>
374
375 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
376 <sect1 id="PictureNecessities">
377 <title id="PictureNecessities.title">2.4 What is necessary to draw a picture?</title>
378
379 <para>
380 In order to draw a picture, parameters must be set and selections must be
381 made.
382 All parameters and selections have default values which are used to draw
383 proper pictures when Atlantis is started.
384 </para>
385
386 <para>
387 <emphasis>However, you probably want more!</emphasis>
388 </para>
389
390 <para>
391 The following list gives an overview of parameters and selections and where
392 they may be changed:
393
394 <itemizedlist>
395 <listitem>
396 <para>
397 <emphasis>Canvas pad</emphasis>
398 </para>
399 <para>
400 The place where a picture is drawn. Selection of a canvas pad
401 (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>)
402 and manipulation
403 of the picture in a canvas pad (e.g. copying into another canvas pad)
404 are done via the canvas control
405 (see <xref endterm="WindowControl.title" linkend="WindowControl"></xref>)
406 of the Control Window.
407 </para>
408 <para>
409 A canvas pad is a subview of the Canvas
410 (see <xref endterm="Canvas.title" linkend="Canvas"></xref>).
411 </para>
412 </listitem>
413 <listitem>
414 <para>
415 <emphasis>Interaction</emphasis>
416 </para>
417 <para>
418 The type of interaction (e.g. zooming, picking)
419 (see <xref linkend="Interactions"></xref>)
420 to manipulate the picture
421 that will be drawn, is selected and controlled via the interaction control
422 (see
423 <xref endterm="InteractionControl.title" linkend="InteractionControl"></xref>)
424 of the Control Window.
425 </para>
426 </listitem>
427 <listitem>
428 <para>
429 <emphasis>Projection</emphasis>
430 </para>
431 <para>
432 The projection (see <xref linkend="Projection"></xref>)
433 used to create the picture for the canvas pad. A projection
434 is selected via the <emphasis>Proj</emphasis> tab of the parameter control
435 (see
436 <xref endterm="ParametersControl.title" linkend="ParametersControl"></xref>)
437 of the Control Window.
438 Specific projection parameters of the selected projection are displayed in
439 the parameter control of the Control Display and can be modified now.
440 </para>
441 </listitem>
442 <listitem>
443 <para>
444 <emphasis>Data</emphasis>
445 </para>
446 <para>
447 The data to be used can be selected via the <emphasis>Data</emphasis>
448 tab of the parameter control
449 (see
450 <xref endterm="ParametersControl.title" linkend="ParametersControl"></xref>)
451 of the Control Window.
452 See <xref endterm="Data.title" linkend="Data"></xref>
453 for a list of data types.
454 </para>
455 </listitem>
456 <listitem>
457 <para>
458 <emphasis>Cuts</emphasis>
459 </para>
460 <para>
461 Cuts (see <xref endterm="Cuts.title" linkend="Cuts"></xref>)
462 on physical values of the selected data can be set via the
463 <emphasis>Cuts</emphasis> tab of the parameter control
464 (see
465 <xref endterm="ParametersControl.title" linkend="ParametersControl"></xref>)
466 of the Control Window.
467 </para>
468 </listitem>
469 <listitem>
470 <para>
471 <emphasis>Detector colors</emphasis>
472 </para>
473 <para>
474 Detector colors
475 (see <xref endterm="Det.title" linkend="Det"></xref>)
476 can be set via the <emphasis>Det</emphasis> tab of the parameter control
477 (see
478 <xref endterm="ParametersControl.title" linkend="ParametersControl"></xref>)
479 of the Control Window.
480 </para>
481 </listitem>
482 <listitem>
483 <para>
484 <emphasis>Data colors and symbols</emphasis>
485 </para>
486 <para>
487 Colors and symbols of the detector subsystem data can be set via the
488 <emphasis>InDet</emphasis>, <emphasis>Calo</emphasis> and
489 <emphasis>MuonDet</emphasis> tabs of the parameter control
490 (see
491 <xref endterm="ParametersControl.title" linkend="ParametersControl"></xref>)
492 of the Control Window.
493 </para>
494 </listitem>
495 </itemizedlist>
496 </para>
497
498 </sect1>
499
500 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
501 <sect1 id="DIRinfo">
502 <title id="DIRinfo.title">2.5 Download, install and run information</title>
503
504 <para>
505 Starting November 17, 2005, Atlantis is distributed with the ATLAS software
506 release.
507 It is available as executables "atlantis" (full version) and
508 "atlantis_beginner" (version with a limited set of GUI options).
509 </para>
510
511 <para>
512 <emphasis>N.B.: Note, however, that Atlantis does not depend on any ATLAS
513 software, only JAVA is needed to run it.</emphasis>
514 </para>
515
516 <para>
517 See the Download page of the
518 <ulink url="http://atlantis.web.cern.ch/atlantis/">
519 <emphasis>Atlantis website</emphasis></ulink> for directions how to get
520 Atlantis.
521 See the Install page for directions to run Atlantis on Linux, Mac and
522 MS-Windows systems.
523 </para>
524
525 <para>
526 A tag is used in the Atlantis run command to indicate normal events (no tag),
527 Fast Simulation events (tag=Fast), Combined Test Beam events (tag=TB) or a
528 beginner's version with a limited set of GUI options (tag=BEGINNER).
529 </para>
530
531 <para>
532 To change the upper limit of the Atlantis internal work memory see
533 <xref endterm="WorkMemoryLimit.title" linkend="WorkMemoryLimit"></xref>.
534 </para>
535
536 <para>
537 <emphasis>N.B.: Atlantis versions require JAVA version 1.4 or higher to run.
538 However, JAVA version 1.5 is preferred and is currently used for
539 development.</emphasis>
540 </para>
541
542 </sect1>
543
544 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
545 <sect1 id="WorkMemoryLimit">
546 <title id="WorkMemoryLimit.title">2.6 Work memory limit</title>
547
548 <para>
549 The default value of the maximum internal work memory to process events in
550 Atlantis is 64MB.
551 If you use the option overlay events (see the menu of the Control Window) or
552 if you work with very large events, you may want to increase this limit.
553 In order to
554 increase this limit, a running option can be specified at Atlantis startup.
555 E.g. to change the default value to 128MB:
556 </para>
557
558 <para>
559 <informalexample>
560 <programlisting format="linespecific">
561 java -Xmx128m -jar atlantis.jar
562 </programlisting>
563 </informalexample>
564 </para>
565
566 </sect1>
567
568 </chapter>
569
570 <!--=======================================================================-->
571 <chapter id="UserInterface">
572 <title id="UserInterface.title">User Interface</title>
573
574 <para>
575 The Atlantis user interface is
576 basically mouse driven and using generally applied facilities of modern user
577 interfaces (e.g. pop-up, tooltip). It consists of a permanent
578 <emphasis>Control Window</emphasis> "Atlantis GUI"
579 (see <xref endterm="ControlWindow.title" linkend="ControlWindow"></xref>), a permanent
580 display area window "Atlantis Canvas" or <emphasis>Canvas</emphasis>
581 (see <xref endterm="Canvas.title" linkend="Canvas"></xref>)
582 and various <emphasis>pop-up windows</emphasis>
583 (see <xref endterm="PopUpWindows.title" linkend="PopUpWindows"></xref>).
584 </para>
585
586 <para>
587 Besides, <emphasis>modifier keys</emphasis>
588 (see <xref endterm="MouseModifierKeys.title" linkend="MouseModifierKeys"></xref>)
589 are available for quick view and control of parameters and selections.
590 </para>
591
592 <para>
593 The Control Window is used to view and modify parameters and selections
594 that control the pictures on the Canvas. The pop-up windows are available for
595 quick viewing and modification of relevant parameters and selections.
596 </para>
597
598 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
599 <sect1 id="ControlWindow">
600 <title id="ControlWindow.title">3.1 Control Window</title>
601
602 <para>
603 The Control Window, "Atlantis GUI", is opened when Atlantis is started.
604 It is used to view and modify parameters and selections that control the
605 pictures on the Canvas, the display area of Atlantis.
606 Functionality is grouped into components, namely (listed from top to
607 bottom of the Control Window):
608
609 <itemizedlist>
610 <listitem>
611 <para>
612 <emphasis>Menu</emphasis>
613 </para>
614 <para>
615 Provides functionality for I/O, program customisation and the help system.
616 See <xref endterm="Menu.title" linkend="Menu"></xref>.
617 </para>
618 </listitem>
619 <listitem>
620 <para>
621 <emphasis>Canvas Control</emphasis>
622 </para>
623 <para>
624 Provides functionality to select a canvas pad and to copy
625 pictures between canvas pads.
626 See <xref endterm="WindowControl.title" linkend="WindowControl"></xref>.
627 </para>
628 </listitem>
629 <listitem>
630 <para>
631 <emphasis>Interaction Control</emphasis>
632 </para>
633 <para>
634 Provides functionality for user interaction with the program (pick, zoom,
635 transformations, projections).
636 See <xref endterm="InteractionControl.title" linkend="InteractionControl"></xref>.
637 </para>
638 </listitem>
639 <listitem>
640 <para>
641 <emphasis>Parameter Control</emphasis>
642 </para>
643 <para>
644 Provides functionality for viewing and changing various parameters
645 (data selection, cuts, detector, subdetector systems, projections).
646 See <xref endterm="ParametersControl.title" linkend="ParametersControl"></xref>.
647 </para>
648 </listitem>
649 <listitem>
650 <para>
651 <emphasis>Output Display</emphasis>
652 </para>
653 <para>
654 Displays specific output of the program (picking output, cuts summary,
655 etc.). See <xref endterm="OutputDisplay.title" linkend="OutputDisplay"></xref>.
656 </para>
657 </listitem>
658 </itemizedlist>
659 </para>
660
661 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
662 <sect2 id="Menu">
663 <title id="Menu.title">3.1.1 Menu</title>
664
665 <para>
666 The Menu is positioned at the very top of the Atlantis Control Window.
667 It contains the items <emphasis>File</emphasis>,
668 <emphasis>Preferences</emphasis>, <emphasis>Lists</emphasis>,
669 <emphasis>Demo</emphasis>, <emphasis>Reset</emphasis>,
670 <emphasis>Previous</emphasis> (previous event),
671 <emphasis>Next</emphasis> (next event), <emphasis>Help</emphasis>.
672 The options of the menu items are briefly described below.
673 </para>
674
675 <para>
676 <emphasis>File</emphasis>
677 </para>
678
679 <para>
680 The File menu item is used to perform operations on event files and to exit
681 Atlantis. Note that event files are expected to be in XML format (which may
682 also be zipped). The item contains the following options:
683
684 <itemizedlist>
685 <listitem>
686 <para>
687 <emphasis>Read Event</emphasis>
688 </para>
689 <para>
690 Displays a dialog window where you can choose which event file
691 to read from your local computer.
692 </para>
693 </listitem>
694 <listitem>
695 <para>
696 <emphasis>Read Event From URL</emphasis>
697 </para>
698 <para>
699 Displays a dialog window where you can specify a URL to read events from.
700 </para>
701 </listitem>
702 <listitem>
703 <para>
704 <emphasis>Read Event From Server</emphasis>
705 </para>
706 <para>
707 Displays a dialog window where you can specify a
708 server name or IP-address to read events from. This option can be used to
709 start e.g. online event monitoring with Atlantis. See
710 <xref endterm="EventAccess.title" linkend="EventAccess"></xref> for details.
711 </para>
712 </listitem>
713 <listitem>
714 <para>
715 <emphasis>Interactive Athena</emphasis>
716 </para>
717 <para>
718 Displays a dialog window to select and fetch events interactively
719 from Athena. See <xref linkend="Athena"></xref> for further details.
720 </para>
721 </listitem>
722 <listitem>
723 <para>
724 <emphasis>Save Canvas</emphasis>
725 </para>
726 <para>
727 Displays the graphics output format options from which you may select
728 the one you want to use to save pictures shown on the Canvas.
729 <itemizedlist>
730 <listitem>
731 <para>
732 <emphasis>EPS</emphasis>
733 </para>
734 <para>
735 Encapsulated PostScript. Vector graphics format for posters,
736 publications, etc.
737 </para>
738 </listitem>
739 <listitem>
740 <para>
741 <emphasis>PNG</emphasis>
742 </para>
743 <para>
744 Portable Network Graphics. A compressed bitmap format to be used in
745 Powerpoint presentations, etc.
746 </para>
747 </listitem>
748 <listitem>
749 <para>
750 <emphasis>GIF</emphasis>
751 </para>
752 <para>
753 Graphics Interchange Format. Another compressed bitmap format.
754 </para>
755 </listitem>
756 </itemizedlist>
757 </para>
758 </listitem>
759 <listitem>
760 <para>
761 <emphasis>Animated event</emphasis>
762 </para>
763 </listitem>
764 <listitem>
765 <para>
766 <emphasis>Event Properties</emphasis>
767 </para>
768 <para>
769 Displays a pop-up window with a summary of various properties of the
770 selected event.
771 </para>
772 </listitem>
773 <listitem>
774 <para>
775 <emphasis>Overlay Events</emphasis>
776 </para>
777 <para>
778 Pile up events (as they are read from whichever source) and
779 display them superimposed. This option is turned off by default, tick the
780 box to enable. This feature was implemented for comparing simple low-size
781 events (e.g. cosmics single track events).
782 </para>
783 <para>
784 <emphasis>N.B.: Atlantis gets very slow and exhausts available memory
785 quickly if this option is enabled when reading in complex, several
786 magabytes large event files.
787 </emphasis>
788 </para>
789 <para>
790 <emphasis>N.B.: See <xref endterm="WorkMemoryLimit.title"
791 linkend="WorkMemoryLimit"></xref>
792 to increase the value of the internal work memory.
793 </emphasis>
794 </para>
795 </listitem>
796 <listitem>
797 <para>
798 <emphasis>Clear Event Container</emphasis>
799 </para>
800 <para>
801 Clicking this item empties all the events read into
802 Atlantis after Overlay Events was enabled, the last event remains.
803 </para>
804 </listitem>
805 <listitem>
806 <para>
807 <emphasis>Read Geometry...</emphasis>
808 </para>
809 <para>
810 Displays a dialog window to select and apply a new
811 geometry file in XML format.
812 </para>
813 </listitem>
814 <listitem>
815 <para>
816 <emphasis>Exit</emphasis>
817 </para>
818 <para>
819 Exit Atlantis.
820 </para>
821 </listitem>
822 </itemizedlist>
823 </para>
824
825 <para>
826 <emphasis>Preferences</emphasis>
827 </para>
828
829 <para>
830 The Preferences menu item is responsible for customizing the application.
831 It contains the following options:
832
833 <itemizedlist>
834 <listitem>
835 <para>
836 Change Canvas Layout - Displays a dialog window that allows the user to
837 select a shape and layout set that is applied to the Canvas.
838 See <xref endterm="Canvas.title" linkend="Canvas"></xref>.
839 </para>
840 </listitem>
841 <listitem>
842 <para>
843 Select Color Map - Displays a dialog window which allows the
844 user to choose the color set used to draw the pictures.
845 There are four color sets:
846 <itemizedlist>
847 <listitem>
848 <para>
849 Display - Default color set used for display.
850 </para>
851 </listitem>
852 <listitem>
853 <para>
854 Printer - The set of colors used when printing.
855 </para>
856 </listitem>
857 <listitem>
858 <para>
859 Gray - The grayscale set of colors.
860 </para>
861 </listitem>
862 <listitem>
863 <para>
864 B/W - The black-and-white set of colors.
865 </para>
866 </listitem>
867 </itemizedlist>
868 </para>
869 </listitem>
870 <listitem>
871 <para>
872 Color Map Editor - Displays a dialog window that allows the
873 user to edit any of the color sets described above.
874 </para>
875 </listitem>
876 <listitem>
877 <para>
878 Read Color Map - Displays a dialog window that allows the
879 user to replace the current colormap with one previously stored on an XML
880 file.
881 </para>
882 </listitem>
883 <listitem>
884 <para>
885 Save Current Color Map - Displays a dialog window that allows the
886 user to store the current colormap to an XML file for later use.
887 </para>
888 </listitem>
889 <listitem>
890 <para>
891 Save Current Configuration - Displays a dialog window that allows the user
892 to store the current status (configuration) of the program to an XML file
893 for later use.
894 </para>
895 </listitem>
896 <listitem>
897 <para>
898 Show Pointer Position Window - Displays a dialog window which will
899 show the user the position of the pointer when the user right clicks
900 while keeping the <emphasis>O</emphasis> key pressed.
901 </para>
902 </listitem>
903 <listitem>
904 <para>
905 Show Legend Window - Displays a dialog window that shows the color
906 thresholds for the cells of the summed LAr/HEC endcaps when
907 using Calo->LAr/HEC->Color Function->Energy
908 </para>
909 </listitem>
910 <listitem>
911 <para>
912 Show Canvas Title - Adds or removes the title bar from the top of the
913 Canvas. See <xref endterm="Canvas.title" linkend="Canvas"></xref>.
914 </para>
915 </listitem>
916 </itemizedlist>
917 </para>
918
919 <para>
920 <emphasis>Lists</emphasis>
921 </para>
922
923 <para>
924 Creates a Lists pop-up window
925 for the interactive definition and manipulation of subsets of data.
926 See <xref endterm="Lists.title" linkend="Lists"></xref>.
927 </para>
928
929 <para>
930 <emphasis>Reset</emphasis>
931 </para>
932
933 <para>
934 Resets Atlantis to the default initial settings.
935 </para>
936
937 <para>
938 <emphasis>Prev</emphasis>
939 </para>
940
941 <para>
942 Loads and displays the previous event if available.
943 </para>
944
945 <para>
946 <emphasis>Next</emphasis>
947 </para>
948
949 <para>
950 Loads and displays the next event if available.
951 </para>
952
953 <para>
954 <emphasis>Help</emphasis>
955 </para>
956
957 <para>
958 The Help menu item provides a way to get access to help information.
959 It has four options:
960
961 <itemizedlist>
962 <listitem>
963 <para>
964 <emphasis>Online Help System</emphasis>
965 </para>
966 <para>
967 Starts the help pop-up window with the table of contents.
968 See <xref endterm="HelpWindow.title" linkend="HelpWindow"></xref>.
969 </para>
970 </listitem>
971 <listitem>
972 <para>
973 <emphasis>Modifier Keys</emphasis>
974 </para>
975 <para>
976 Starts the modifier keys pop-up window
977 with information about active modifier keys.
978 See <xref endterm="MouseModifiersWindow.title" linkend="MouseModifiersWindow"></xref>.
979 </para>
980 </listitem>
981 <listitem>
982 <para>
983 <emphasis>Current Colors of objects</emphasis>
984 </para>
985 <para>
986 Starts a pop-up window to display the current color
987 of some selected objects (eg AOD/track/detector).
988 </para>
989 </listitem>
990 <listitem>
991 <para>
992 <emphasis>About</emphasis>
993 </para>
994 <para>
995 Starts the about pop-up window with Atlantis version,
996 website address and hypernews email address.
997 </para>
998 </listitem>
999 </itemizedlist>
1000 </para>
1001
1002 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
1003 <sect3 id="EventAccess">
1004 <title id="EventAccess.title">3.1.1.1 Access to Events</title>
1005
1006 <para>
1007 Events to display in Atlantis can be fetched in many ways:
1008
1009 <itemizedlist>
1010 <listitem>
1011 <para>
1012 <emphasis>File → Read Event</emphasis>
1013 - an XML event file or a ZIP archive of XML event files from a local source
1014 (i.e. file on the local disk).
1015 </para>
1016 </listitem>
1017 <listitem>
1018 <para>
1019 <emphasis>File → Read Event From URL</emphasis>
1020 - from a web server over HTTP protocol.
1021 </para>
1022 </listitem>
1023 <listitem>
1024 <para>
1025 <emphasis>File → Read Event From Server</emphasis>
1026 - from a server started within
1027 the JiveXML algtool (Athena - Atlantis event data converter) running in the
1028 Athena framework. The name or the IP address of the remote server where
1029 Athena runs must be entered into the dialog. The event data is delivered to
1030 Atlantis either after the user clicks the <emphasis>Get Event</emphasis>
1031 button or automatically (with a specified delay) if the
1032 <emphasis>timer</emphasis> is enabled.
1033 </para>
1034 <para>
1035 In order to use this feature, the JiveXML server must be started in
1036 Athena/JiveXML which is done by
1037 <emphasis>ToolSvc.EventData2XML.OnlineMode = True</emphasis>
1038 (JiveXML job option). Every time Athena reconstructs an event,
1039 JiveXML will produce the XML event data for Atlantis. This mechanism can
1040 be used for online monitoring and gets rid of the intermediate step of
1041 writing the event data into the event files. Nonetheless, if the user spots
1042 an interesting event, the data read into Atlantis in this online mode can
1043 be stored on the local disk after clicking the
1044 <emphasis>Save Event</emphasis> button.
1045 If not stored, the event data will be lost with reading in the next event.
1046 </para>
1047 <para>
1048 The JiveXML server listens on the high number non-privileged port on the
1049 remote server. Should there be any firewall network security restrictions
1050 imposed, it might be necessary to communicate via an SSH tunnel between the
1051 local computer running Atlantis and the remote machine running Athena/JiveXML.
1052 </para>
1053 </listitem>
1054 <listitem>
1055 <para>
1056 <emphasis>File → Interactive Athena</emphasis>
1057 - getting the event on demand (<emphasis>Get Event</emphasis> button)
1058 while steering the Athena framework from Atlantis through
1059 the Athena interactive prompt. Further details in <xref linkend="Athena"></xref>.
1060 </para>
1061 </listitem>
1062 </itemizedlist>
1063 </para>
1064
1065 <para>
1066 When starting Atlantis, it tries by default to look for a file
1067 <emphasis>test_events.zip</emphasis> in the <emphasis>events</emphasis>
1068 directory. If not found, Atlantis starts without any event read in.
1069 </para>
1070
1071 <para>
1072 <emphasis>N.B.</emphasis>: When starting Atlantis in the
1073 <emphasis>Fast</emphasis> or the <emphasis>TB</emphasis> mode,
1074 the event archives <emphasis>test_eventsFast.zip</emphasis>, resp.
1075 <emphasis>test_eventsTB.zip</emphasis> are looked for.
1076 </para>
1077
1078 </sect3>
1079
1080 </sect2>
1081
1082 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
1083 <sect2 id="WindowControl">
1084 <title id="WindowControl.title">3.1.2 Canvas Control</title>
1085
1086 <para>
1087 Pictures are shown in the display area window or Canvas
1088 (see <xref endterm="Canvas.title" linkend="Canvas"></xref>),
1089 which may have one or more subwindows, the <emphasis>canvas pads</emphasis>.
1090 So in the case of multiple canvas pads, one may e.g. view event data in
1091 different projections on the Canvas. The possible canvas pad
1092 configurations are specified in <emphasis>layout sets</emphasis>.
1093 </para>
1094
1095 <para>
1096 A layout set is selected via the
1097 <emphasis>Preferences→Change Canvas Layout</emphasis> menu
1098 option of the Menu
1099 (see <xref endterm="Menu.title" linkend="Menu"></xref>) of the
1100 Control Window.
1101 </para>
1102
1103 <para>
1104 The layouts of the current layout set are displayed in the Control Window as
1105 a row of rectangles directly under the menu. A rectangle is divided into one
1106 or more boxes, representing the canvas pads. A letter or number in a box
1107 represents the canvas pad name.
1108 </para>
1109
1110 <para>
1111 For example, in Landscape Layout the canvas pads are UDR, 123456, SR, W,
1112 LMR and in Square Layout they are W, SRB, 123456789, LMRB, UCD369.
1113 </para>
1114
1115 <para>
1116 Canvas Control provides functionality for different kinds of operations on
1117 the boxes:
1118
1119 <itemizedlist>
1120 <listitem>
1121 <para>
1122 <emphasis>Making a canvas pad current</emphasis>
1123 </para>
1124 <para>
1125 The current canvas pad corresponds to the box with the white background.
1126 Clicking with the left mouse button into another named box will select
1127 another canvas pad to become current. If this is not visible on the
1128 Canvas it will be made visible.
1129 </para>
1130 <para>
1131 <emphasis>N.B.:</emphasis>
1132 </para>
1133 <para>
1134 You can also make a canvas pad current by clicking on it in the Canvas
1135 (at least, if you can see part of the desired canvas pad).
1136 </para>
1137 </listitem>
1138 <listitem>
1139 <para>
1140 <emphasis>Copying the content of one canvas pad into another</emphasis>
1141 </para>
1142 <para>
1143 You can copy the content (picture) of one canvas pad into another by
1144 dragging and dropping it into another one. While you are dragging, the cursor
1145 will change to let you know that you are dragging. You can copy canvas
1146 windows even if they are not current. After the copy finishes the target
1147 canvas pad will become current.
1148 </para>
1149 <para>
1150 <emphasis>N.B.:</emphasis>
1151 </para>
1152 <para>
1153 Another possibility to copy is to drag from the Canvas Control into the
1154 Canvas
1155 (if you can see in the Canvas at least a part of the target canvas pad).
1156 </para>
1157 </listitem>
1158 <listitem>
1159 <para>
1160 <emphasis>Zooming a region of one canvas pad into another</emphasis>
1161 </para>
1162 <para>
1163 Canvas Control contributes to the process of zooming with a rubber band,
1164 however you cannot perform a zoom by using Canvas Control only. Further
1165 information about using Canvas Control for zooming is available on the
1166 Rubberband page
1167 (see <xref endterm="Rubberband.title" linkend="Rubberband"></xref>).
1168 </para>
1169 </listitem>
1170 <listitem>
1171 <para>
1172 <emphasis>Accessing the pop-up Canvas Pad Menu</emphasis>
1173 </para>
1174 <para>
1175 The pop-up Canvas Pad Menu
1176 (see <xref endterm="WindowMenu.title" linkend="WindowMenu"></xref>) can be
1177 accessed by <emphasis>right-clicking</emphasis> with the mouse in the
1178 corresponding box.
1179 The corresponding canvas pad will become selected.
1180 </para>
1181 </listitem>
1182 </itemizedlist>
1183 </para>
1184
1185 </sect2>
1186
1187 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
1188 <sect2 id="InteractionControl">
1189 <title id="InteractionControl.title">3.1.3 Interaction Control</title>
1190
1191 <para>
1192 The interaction control part of the Control Window
1193 (see <xref endterm="ControlWindow.title" linkend="ControlWindow"></xref>) is used to
1194 activate an interaction in a canvas pad and to modify interaction specific
1195 control options of the activated interaction. Control options are described
1196 under the specific interactions (see <xref linkend="Interactions"></xref>.
1197 </para>
1198
1199 <para>
1200 Interactions can be invoked in different ways:
1201
1202 <itemizedlist>
1203 <listitem>
1204 <para>
1205 Via the interaction control of the Control Window:
1206 </para>
1207 <para>
1208 In the Control Window they are represented as a set of tabs, each
1209 representing a specific interaction. Clicking on a tab makes the
1210 corresponding interaction available in the current canvas pad and
1211 displays control options (if available for the selected interaction) on
1212 the panel just below the set of tabs in the Control Window.
1213 </para>
1214 </listitem>
1215 <listitem>
1216 <para>
1217 Via a modifier key in a canvas pad:
1218 </para>
1219 <para>
1220 An alternative representation is obtained by holding the
1221 <emphasis>I</emphasis> key down and <emphasis>right-clicking</emphasis>
1222 inside the canvas pad for which you want to change an interaction.
1223 As result you will get a pop-up menu
1224 (see <xref endterm="InteractionMenu.title" linkend="InteractionMenu"></xref>)
1225 with the same set of tabs as in the Control Window.
1226 You can select the interaction you want.
1227 </para>
1228 </listitem>
1229 </itemizedlist>
1230
1231 Since not all interactions are available for all projections, only the
1232 available interactions are shown for a specific projection.
1233 </para>
1234
1235 </sect2>
1236
1237 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
1238 <sect2 id="ParametersControl">
1239 <title id="ParametersControl.title">3.1.4 Parameter Control</title>
1240
1241 <para>
1242 Atlantis has many parameters. For convenience these parameters are combined
1243 into a number of groups that are accessed via the following tabs:
1244
1245 <itemizedlist>
1246 <listitem>
1247 <para>
1248 <emphasis>Proj</emphasis>
1249 </para>
1250 <para>
1251 To select a
1252 projection and to modify specific parameters of the selected projection.
1253 See <xref linkend="Projection"></xref>.
1254 </para>
1255 </listitem>
1256 <listitem>
1257 <para>
1258 <emphasis>Data</emphasis>
1259 </para>
1260 <para>
1261 To select the
1262 <xref endterm="DataTypes.title" linkend="DataTypes"></xref> of which the
1263 data will be used and to select the order of display
1264 (e.g. when using different track reconstructions). See
1265 <xref endterm="Data.title" linkend="Data"></xref>.
1266 </para>
1267 <para>
1268 See the <emphasis>InDet</emphasis>, <emphasis>Calo</emphasis> and
1269 <emphasis>MuonDet</emphasis> tabs below for the
1270 appearance of the data in the various subdetector systems.
1271 </para>
1272 </listitem>
1273 <listitem>
1274 <para>
1275 <emphasis>Cuts</emphasis>
1276 </para>
1277 <para>
1278 To apply cuts to the physical values of the selected data.
1279 See <xref endterm="Cuts.title" linkend="Cuts"></xref>.
1280 </para>
1281 </listitem>
1282 <listitem>
1283 <para>
1284 <emphasis>InDet</emphasis>
1285 </para>
1286 <para>
1287 To control the display and appearance of data in the inner detector.
1288 See <xref endterm="InDet.title" linkend="InDet"></xref>.
1289 </para>
1290 </listitem>
1291 <listitem>
1292 <para>
1293 <emphasis>Calo</emphasis>
1294 </para>
1295 <para>
1296 To control the display and appearance of data in the calorimeters.
1297 See <xref endterm="Calo.title" linkend="Calo"></xref>.
1298 </para>
1299 </listitem>
1300 <listitem>
1301 <para>
1302 <emphasis>MuonDet</emphasis>
1303 </para>
1304 <para>
1305 To control the display and appearance of data in the muon system.
1306 See <xref endterm="MuonDet.title" linkend="MuonDet"></xref>.
1307 </para>
1308 </listitem>
1309 <listitem>
1310 <para>
1311 <emphasis>AOD</emphasis>
1312 </para>
1313 </listitem>
1314 <listitem>
1315 <para>
1316 <emphasis>ATLAS</emphasis>
1317 </para>
1318 </listitem>
1319 </itemizedlist>
1320 </para>
1321
1322 </sect2>
1323
1324 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
1325 <sect2 id="OutputDisplay">
1326 <title id="OutputDisplay.title">3.1.5 Output Display</title>
1327
1328 <para>
1329 The output display is located at the very bottom of the
1330 <emphasis>Control Window</emphasis>
1331 (see <xref endterm="ControlWindow.title" linkend="ControlWindow"></xref>)
1332 and is used as a replacement for standard terminal output.
1333 It provides information in a more readable format by using multiple fonts
1334 and colors.
1335 </para>
1336
1337 <para>
1338 Information is shown e.g. from:
1339
1340 <itemizedlist>
1341 <listitem>
1342 <para>
1343 Rubberband interaction
1344 (see <xref endterm="Rubberband.title" linkend="Rubberband"></xref>)
1345 </para>
1346 </listitem>
1347 <listitem>
1348 <para>
1349 Pick interaction
1350 (see <xref endterm="Pick.title" linkend="Pick"></xref>)
1351 </para>
1352 </listitem>
1353 </itemizedlist>
1354 </para>
1355
1356 </sect2>
1357
1358 </sect1>
1359
1360 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
1361 <sect1 id="Canvas">
1362 <title id="Canvas.title">3.2 Canvas</title>
1363
1364 <para>
1365 The display area window or <emphasis>Canvas</emphasis> is the place where
1366 Atlantis draws pictures. It is opened when Atlantis is started.
1367 </para>
1368
1369 <para>
1370 <emphasis>Shape, Layout Set and Canvas Pads</emphasis>
1371 </para>
1372
1373 <para>
1374 The Canvas has a user selectable <emphasis>shape</emphasis> with associated
1375 <emphasis>layout set</emphasis>. A layout set is a set of predefined
1376 subwindows within the selected shape. These subwindows are used to draw
1377 pictures and are called <emphasis>canvas pads</emphasis>.
1378 </para>
1379
1380 <para>
1381 The different shapes of the Canvas are:
1382
1383 <itemizedlist>
1384 <listitem>
1385 <para>
1386 <emphasis>Landscape</emphasis>
1387 - Using a 3×2 grid to define the associated layout set.
1388 </para>
1389 </listitem>
1390 <listitem>
1391 <para>
1392 <emphasis>Portrait</emphasis>
1393 - Using a 2×3 grid.
1394 </para>
1395 </listitem>
1396 <listitem>
1397 <para>
1398 <emphasis>Square</emphasis>
1399 - Using a 3×3 grid.
1400 </para>
1401 </listitem>
1402 <listitem>
1403 <para>
1404 <emphasis>Square B</emphasis>
1405 - Using a 3×3 grid (alternative layout set).
1406 </para>
1407 </listitem>
1408 <listitem>
1409 <para>
1410 <emphasis>Two Squares</emphasis>
1411 - Using a 2×1 grid.
1412 </para>
1413 </listitem>
1414 </itemizedlist>
1415 </para>
1416
1417 <para>
1418 The user may select a shape via the
1419 <emphasis>Preferences→Change Canvas Layout</emphasis> menu
1420 option of the Menu (see <xref endterm="Menu.title" linkend="Menu"></xref>)
1421 of the Control Window.
1422 The layout set of the selected shape is displayed in and controlled via the
1423 Canvas Control
1424 (see <xref endterm="WindowControl.title" linkend="WindowControl"></xref>)
1425 of the Control Window.
1426 </para>
1427
1428 <para>
1429 Each canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>)
1430 has associated with it a <emphasis>projection</emphasis>
1431 (see <xref linkend="Projection"></xref>),
1432 an <emphasis>interaction</emphasis> (e.g. zooming, copying, see
1433 <xref linkend="Interactions"></xref>)
1434 and a <emphasis>parameter set</emphasis> (see
1435 <xref endterm="ParametersControl.title" linkend="ParametersControl"></xref>
1436 of the Control Window).
1437 </para>
1438
1439 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
1440 <sect2 id="Window">
1441 <title id="Window.title">3.2.1 Canvas Pads</title>
1442
1443 <para>
1444 Canvas pads are the subwindows of the Canvas into which Atlantis
1445 draws pictures (one picture per canvas pad).
1446 The selection of the shape and associated layout set
1447 of the Canvas determines the available canvas pads
1448 (see <xref endterm="Canvas.title" linkend="Canvas"></xref>).
1449 </para>
1450
1451 <para>
1452 Selection of the current canvas pad and copying
1453 of pictures between canvas pads is performed via the Canvas Control
1454 (see <xref endterm="WindowControl.title" linkend="WindowControl"></xref>)
1455 of the Control Window.
1456 </para>
1457
1458 <para>
1459 Each canvas pad has associated with it a projection
1460 (see <xref linkend="Projection"></xref>), an interaction
1461 (see <xref linkend="Interactions"></xref>) and a set of
1462 parameters, which are controlled via the Interaction Control
1463 (see <xref endterm="InteractionControl.title" linkend="InteractionControl"></xref>)
1464 and the Parameter Control
1465 (see <xref endterm="ParametersControl.title" linkend="ParametersControl"></xref>)
1466 of the Control Window.
1467 </para>
1468
1469 <para>
1470 Additionally, control is possible via the associated pop-up menus, which are
1471 activated by modifier keys in a canvas pad:
1472
1473 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
1474 <title>Modifier keys and actions of canvas pad</title>
1475 <tgroup cols="2">
1476 <colspec colnum="1" colname="modifierkey" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
1477 <colspec colnum="2" colname="action" colwidth="350" align="left"></colspec>
1478 <thead>
1479 <row rowsep="1">
1480 <entry>Modifier Key</entry>
1481 <entry>Action</entry>
1482 </row>
1483 </thead>
1484 <tbody>
1485 <row rowsep="1">
1486 <entry><emphasis>right-click</emphasis> only
1487 </entry>
1488 <entry>Interaction pop-up menu
1489 (see <xref endterm="InteractionMenu.title" linkend="InteractionMenu"></xref>):
1490 interaction dependent operations (e.g. type of rubberband)
1491 </entry>
1492 </row>
1493 <row rowsep="1">
1494 <entry><emphasis>I</emphasis> + <emphasis>right-click</emphasis>
1495 </entry>
1496 <entry>Interaction pop-up menu
1497 (see <xref endterm="InteractionMenu.title" linkend="InteractionMenu"></xref>):
1498 list with available interactions
1499 </entry>
1500 </row>
1501 <row rowsep="1">
1502 <entry><emphasis>P + <emphasis>right-click</emphasis></emphasis>
1503 </entry>
1504 <entry>Projection pop-up menu
1505 (see <xref endterm="ProjectionMenu.title" linkend="ProjectionMenu"></xref>):
1506 projection dependent (e.g. restore aspect ratio)
1507 </entry>
1508 </row>
1509 <row rowsep="1">
1510 <entry><emphasis>W + <emphasis>right-click</emphasis></emphasis>
1511 </entry>
1512 <entry>Canvas pad pop-up menu
1513 (see <xref endterm="WindowMenu.title" linkend="WindowMenu"></xref>):
1514 restore canvas pad defaults, rotation, flipping, etc.
1515 </entry>
1516 </row>
1517 </tbody>
1518 </tgroup>
1519 </table>
1520 </para>
1521
1522 </sect2>
1523
1524 </sect1>
1525
1526 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
1527 <sect1 id="PopUpWindows">
1528 <title id="PopUpWindows.title">3.3 Pop-up Windows</title>
1529
1530 <para>
1531 These windows are popped up while running Atlantis, generally by using a
1532 modifier key
1533 (see <xref endterm="MouseModifierKeys.title" linkend="MouseModifierKeys"></xref>). The pop-up
1534 windows contain menus which provide different "one click" operations:
1535
1536 <itemizedlist>
1537 <listitem>
1538 <para>
1539 <emphasis>Canvas Pad Menu</emphasis>
1540 (see <xref endterm="WindowMenu.title" linkend="WindowMenu"></xref>)
1541 - Provides canvas pad related operations (restoring of defaults, rotation
1542 and flipping, etc.).
1543 </para>
1544 </listitem>
1545 <listitem>
1546 <para>
1547 <emphasis>Projection Menus</emphasis>
1548 (see <xref endterm="ProjectionMenu.title" linkend="ProjectionMenu"></xref>)
1549 - Provide projection specific operations. Each projection has it's own menu.
1550 </para>
1551 </listitem>
1552 <listitem>
1553 <para>
1554 <emphasis>Interaction Menus</emphasis>
1555 (see <xref endterm="InteractionMenu.title" linkend="InteractionMenu"></xref>)
1556 - Provide interaction specific operations. Not all interactions have such a
1557 menu.
1558 </para>
1559 </listitem>
1560 <listitem>
1561 <para>
1562 <emphasis>Lists Window</emphasis>
1563 (see <xref endterm="Lists.title" linkend="Lists"></xref>)
1564 - Allows the interactive definition and manipulation of subsets of data.
1565 </para>
1566 </listitem>
1567 <listitem>
1568 <para>
1569 <emphasis>Modifier Keys Window</emphasis>
1570 (see <xref endterm="MouseModifiersWindow.title" linkend="MouseModifiersWindow"></xref>)
1571 - Shows information about various modifier keys.
1572 </para>
1573 </listitem>
1574 <listitem>
1575 <para>
1576 <emphasis>Help Window</emphasis>
1577 (see <xref endterm="HelpWindow.title" linkend="HelpWindow"></xref>)
1578 - To browse the Atlantis Help System pages.
1579 </para>
1580 </listitem>
1581 <listitem>
1582 <para>
1583 <emphasis>ZMR Pop-up Menu</emphasis>
1584 (see <xref endterm="ZMR.title" linkend="ZMR"></xref>)
1585 - Zoom/Move/Rotate control.
1586 </para>
1587 </listitem>
1588 <listitem>
1589 <para>
1590 <emphasis>Interactive Athena</emphasis> (see <xref linkend="Athena"></xref>).
1591 - Dialog window for interaction with Athena.
1592 </para>
1593 </listitem>
1594 </itemizedlist>
1595 </para>
1596
1597 <para>
1598 The menus disappear either after the appropriate action has been selected or
1599 when another left-click is performed on the corresponding window.
1600 </para>
1601
1602 <para>
1603 See <xref endterm="MouseModifierKeys.title" linkend="MouseModifierKeys"></xref>.
1604 </para>
1605
1606 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
1607 <sect2 id="WindowMenu">
1608 <title id="WindowMenu.title">3.3.1 Canvas Pad Menu</title>
1609
1610 <para>
1611 This pop-up menu provides canvas pad related operations such as restoring
1612 the defaults, rotation and flipping, etc. This menu is the same for all
1613 canvas pads and it is not projection dependent. It can be accessed in
1614 two different ways:
1615
1616 <itemizedlist>
1617 <listitem>
1618 <para>
1619 By applying the <emphasis>W + right-click</emphasis>
1620 combination in the canvas pad from which you want to get the menu.
1621 </para>
1622 </listitem>
1623 <listitem>
1624 <para>
1625 By <emphasis>right-clicking</emphasis> in one of the canvas
1626 mini-windows in the Canvas Control of the Control Window.
1627 </para>
1628 </listitem>
1629 </itemizedlist>
1630 </para>
1631
1632 <para>
1633 In both cases the Window pop-up menu will appear on the screen.
1634 The content of the menu is:
1635
1636 <itemizedlist>
1637 <listitem>
1638 <para>
1639 <emphasis>Horizontal Flip</emphasis>
1640 - mirrors the picture w.r.t vertical middle line of the selected canvas pad
1641 </para>
1642 </listitem>
1643 <listitem>
1644 <para>
1645 <emphasis>Vertical Flip</emphasis>
1646 - mirrors the picture w.r.t horizontal middle line of the selected canvas pad
1647 </para>
1648 </listitem>
1649 <listitem>
1650 <para>
1651 <emphasis>Rotate by 90</emphasis>
1652 - rotates the picture by 90<emphasis>°</emphasis> in the
1653 clockwise direction
1654 </para>
1655 </listitem>
1656 <listitem>
1657 <para>
1658 <emphasis>Rotate by -90</emphasis>
1659 - rotates the picture by 90<emphasis>°</emphasis> in the
1660 counterclockwise direction
1661 </para>
1662 </listitem>
1663 <listitem>
1664 <para>
1665 <emphasis>Toggle Scale</emphasis>
1666 - toggles <emphasis>on</emphasis> or <emphasis>off</emphasis> the state of
1667 the canvas pad scales
1668 </para>
1669 </listitem>
1670 <listitem>
1671 <para>
1672 <emphasis>Restore Size and Position</emphasis>
1673 - restores the size and the position of the
1674 picture in the selected canvas pad as it was at the startup of the program
1675 </para>
1676 </listitem>
1677 <listitem>
1678 <para>
1679 <emphasis>Freeze</emphasis>
1680 - Freezes the graphics state of the selected canvas pad
1681 </para>
1682 </listitem>
1683 <listitem>
1684 <para>
1685 <emphasis>Unfreeze</emphasis>
1686 - Unfreezes the graphics state of the selected canvas window
1687 </para>
1688 </listitem>
1689 </itemizedlist>
1690 </para>
1691
1692 <para>
1693 Any operation chosen from the Canvas Pad Menu is applied to the currently
1694 selected canvas pad.
1695 </para>
1696
1697 </sect2>
1698
1699 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
1700 <sect2 id="ProjectionMenu">
1701 <title id="ProjectionMenu.title">3.3.2 Projection Menus</title>
1702
1703 <para>
1704 Each Atlantis projection (see <xref linkend="Projection"></xref>) has a pop-up menu
1705 associated with it. This menu contains projection dependent operations. To
1706 access the projection menu perform the combination
1707 <emphasis>P + right-click</emphasis>. As
1708 a result the window in which you have clicked will become selected and the
1709 menu will appear on the screen. If you select any of the operations of the
1710 projection menu, the operation will be applied to the currently selected
1711 window.
1712 </para>
1713
1714 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
1715 </sect2><sect2 id="InteractionMenu">
1716 <title id="InteractionMenu.title">3.3.3 Interaction Menus</title>
1717
1718 <para>
1719 There are two typical pop-up menus for interaction control
1720 (see <xref endterm="InteractionControl.title" linkend="InteractionControl"></xref>):
1721
1722 <itemizedlist>
1723 <listitem>
1724 <para>
1725 <emphasis>Interaction list pop-up menu</emphasis>
1726 </para>
1727 <para>
1728 A menu with a list of all available interactions in a canvas pad. This
1729 list is dependent on the selected projection in the canvas pad. The menu
1730 is invoked by keeping the <emphasis>I</emphasis> key down and
1731 <emphasis>right-clicking</emphasis>.
1732 </para>
1733 </listitem>
1734 <listitem>
1735 <para>
1736 <emphasis>Interaction pop-up menu</emphasis>
1737 </para>
1738 <para>
1739 Many Atlantis interactions have a pop-up menu with interaction dependent
1740 operations associated with the selected projection. To invoke the menu,
1741 <emphasis>right-click</emphasis> in the desired canvas pad.
1742 As a result the canvas
1743 window will become selected and the menu will appear on the screen. If you
1744 select any of the operations of the interaction menu, the operation will be
1745 applied to the currently selected canvas pad.
1746 </para>
1747 </listitem>
1748 </itemizedlist>
1749 </para>
1750
1751 <para>
1752 The ZMR Pop-up Menu is described in
1753 <xref endterm="ZMR.title" linkend="ZMR"></xref>.
1754 </para>
1755
1756 <para>
1757 The Fisheye Pop-up Menu is described in
1758 <xref endterm="FishEye.title" linkend="FishEye"></xref>.
1759 </para>
1760
1761 <para>
1762 The Skew Pop-up Menu is described in
1763 <xref endterm="Skew.title" linkend="Skew"></xref>.
1764 </para>
1765
1766 </sect2>
1767
1768 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
1769 <sect2 id="Lists">
1770 <title id="Lists.title">3.3.4 Lists Window</title>
1771
1772 <para>
1773 The Lists pop-up window allows the interactive definition and manipulation
1774 of subsets of data. Lists are kept in the form of a singly-rooted tree and
1775 may be manipulated in a way similar to Windows Explorer.
1776 </para>
1777
1778 <para>
1779 <emphasis>Predefined lists</emphasis>
1780 </para>
1781
1782 <para>
1783 By default there are four predefined lists, three of which are used for
1784 special purposes:
1785
1786 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
1787 <title>Predefined lists</title>
1788 <tgroup cols="2">
1789 <colspec colnum="1" colname="modifierkey" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
1790 <colspec colnum="2" colname="action" colwidth="350" align="left"></colspec>
1791 <thead>
1792 <row rowsep="1">
1793 <entry>List</entry>
1794 <entry>Purpose</entry>
1795 </row>
1796 </thead>
1797 <tbody>
1798 <row rowsep="1">
1799 <entry><emphasis>Highlight</emphasis></entry>
1800 <entry>This list should contain at most one item that is to be drawn
1801 in a special highlighted color (normally white). This list is controlled
1802 via the pick interaction (see <xref endterm="Pick.title" linkend="Pick"></xref>).
1803 </entry>
1804 </row>
1805 <row rowsep="1">
1806 <entry><emphasis>Last Drawn</emphasis></entry>
1807 <entry>This list contains all data which were actually drawn on the
1808 screen by the last drawing operation. This list is by its very nature
1809 transient and can only be usefully manipulated after it has been copied.
1810 </entry>
1811 </row>
1812 <row rowsep="1">
1813 <entry><emphasis>Others</emphasis></entry>
1814 <entry>May be used to control the color of all data which are drawn
1815 in a picture but which are not given a color by any user defined list.
1816 </entry>
1817 </row>
1818 <row rowsep="1">
1819 <entry><emphasis>List 0</emphasis></entry>
1820 <entry>This is a predefined list which may be manipulated by the user.
1821 </entry>
1822 </row>
1823 </tbody>
1824 </tgroup>
1825 </table>
1826 </para>
1827
1828 <para>
1829 <emphasis>Nodes</emphasis>
1830 </para>
1831
1832 <para>
1833 The current node is indicated in the Lists Window by a purple background
1834 region drawn around its text. If no node is current, actions applied to the
1835 current list are applied to the root node "Lists". Nodes may be either
1836 directories (depicted by rectangles) or data items (depicted by squares).
1837 Data items may represent a single item (e.g. STr 5 for simulated track number
1838 5) or a group of similar items (e.g. STr(22) for a group of 22 simulated
1839 tracks).
1840 </para>
1841
1842 <para>
1843 <emphasis>Adding data to the current list</emphasis>
1844 </para>
1845
1846 <para>
1847 Single user selected items may be added to the currently selected directory
1848 using the pick interaction
1849 (see <xref endterm="Pick.title" linkend="Pick"></xref>)
1850 of the interaction control of the Control Window
1851 (the interaction is described under Interactions).
1852 Groups of
1853 items are best added by using a rubberband to select and draw them in an
1854 unused window temporarily and then by making a copy of the last drawn list.
1855 </para>
1856
1857 <para>
1858 <emphasis>Manipulation of lists</emphasis>
1859 </para>
1860
1861 <para>
1862 Data items and directories may be moved by dragging them to the desired
1863 destination directory. They may be copied by dragging them to the desired
1864 destination directory while holding down the <emphasis>ctrl-key</emphasis>.
1865 Each node has
1866 an associated pop-up menu which may be obtained by right-clicking on its
1867 rectangle or square. The contents of the pop-up menu is node specific and
1868 may contain standard operations such as:
1869
1870 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
1871 <title>Options for the manipulation of lists</title>
1872 <tgroup cols="3">
1873 <colspec colnum="1" colname="colone" colwidth="2*" align="left"></colspec>
1874 <colspec colnum="2" colname="coltwo" colwidth="3*" align="left"></colspec>
1875 <colspec colnum="3" colname="colthree" colwidth="6*" align="left"></colspec>
1876 <thead>
1877 <row rowsep="1">
1878 <entry>Option</entry>
1879 <entry>Node Type</entry>
1880 <entry>Action</entry>
1881 </row>
1882 </thead>
1883 <tbody>
1884 <row rowsep="1">
1885 <entry><emphasis>Remove</emphasis></entry>
1886 <entry>All (except root)</entry>
1887 <entry>Remove the node from the tree</entry>
1888 </row>
1889 <row rowsep="1">
1890 <entry><emphasis>Rename</emphasis></entry>
1891 <entry>Directories</entry>
1892 <entry>Rename the node</entry>
1893 </row>
1894 <row rowsep="1">
1895 <entry><emphasis>New Parent</emphasis></entry>
1896 <entry>All (except root)</entry>
1897 <entry>Add new parent directory (List) above a node</entry>
1898 </row>
1899 <row rowsep="1">
1900 <entry><emphasis>New Child</emphasis></entry>
1901 <entry>Directories</entry>
1902 <entry>Add new child directory (List) below a node</entry>
1903 </row>
1904 <row rowsep="1">
1905 <entry><emphasis>Reset</emphasis></entry>
1906 <entry>Root</entry>
1907 <entry>Reset the Lists removing any user supplied data</entry>
1908 </row>
1909 </tbody>
1910 </tgroup>
1911 </table>
1912 </para>
1913
1914 <para>
1915 or it may contain actions appropiate to the type of data contained by the
1916 node, e.g. <emphasis>Vertex</emphasis> to form a secondary vertex from a
1917 group of three reconstructed tracks.
1918 </para>
1919
1920 <para>
1921 <emphasis>Coloring of lists</emphasis>
1922 </para>
1923
1924 <para>
1925 A color may be associated to a user-defined node and it will be applied as
1926 the default color for all contained child nodes (which are not themselves
1927 given a selected color). Colors are applied by selecting a node as current
1928 and then clicking on the corresponding color icon in the color palette on
1929 the right of the lists window. Two special "colors" which may be associated
1930 are (+) default color or (x) invisible.
1931 </para>
1932
1933 </sect2>
1934
1935 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
1936 <sect2 id="MouseModifiersWindow">
1937 <title id="MouseModifiersWindow.title">3.3.5 Modifier Keys Window</title>
1938
1939 <para>
1940 This pop-up window is activated from the menu of the Control Window and
1941 shows information about various active modifier keys.
1942
1943 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
1944 <title>Modifier keys</title>
1945 <tgroup cols="2">
1946 <colspec colnum="1" colname="modifierkey" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
1947 <colspec colnum="2" colname="action" colwidth="350" align="left"></colspec>
1948 <thead>
1949 <row rowsep="1">
1950 <entry>Modifier Key</entry>
1951 <entry>Action</entry>
1952 </row>
1953 </thead>
1954 <tbody>
1955 <row rowsep="1">
1956 <entry><emphasis>I + right-click</emphasis></entry>
1957 <entry>Interaction Manager pops up</entry>
1958 </row>
1959 <row rowsep="1">
1960 <entry><emphasis>P + right-click</emphasis></entry>
1961 <entry>Projection Menu pops up</entry>
1962 </row>
1963 <row rowsep="1">
1964 <entry><emphasis>W + right-click</emphasis></entry>
1965 <entry>Canvas Pad Menu pops up</entry>
1966 </row>
1967 <row rowsep="1">
1968 <entry><emphasis>right-click</emphasis></entry>
1969 <entry>Interaction Menu pops up</entry>
1970 </row>
1971 <row rowsep="1">
1972 <entry><emphasis> </emphasis></entry>
1973 <entry>Zoom</entry>
1974 </row>
1975 <row rowsep="1">
1976 <entry><emphasis>C</emphasis></entry>
1977 <entry>Change position Central Point</entry>
1978 </row>
1979 <row rowsep="1">
1980 <entry><emphasis>F</emphasis></entry>
1981 <entry>Fast zoom</entry>
1982 </row>
1983 <row rowsep="1">
1984 <entry><emphasis>H</emphasis></entry>
1985 <entry>Horizontal zoom</entry>
1986 </row>
1987 <row rowsep="1">
1988 <entry><emphasis>M</emphasis></entry>
1989 <entry>Move (pan)</entry>
1990 </row>
1991 <row rowsep="1">
1992 <entry><emphasis>R</emphasis></entry>
1993 <entry>Rotate</entry>
1994 </row>
1995 <row rowsep="1">
1996 <entry><emphasis>V</emphasis></entry>
1997 <entry>Vertical zoom</entry>
1998 </row>
1999 <row rowsep="1">
2000 <entry><emphasis>Z</emphasis></entry>
2001 <entry>Zoom</entry>
2002 </row>
2003 </tbody>
2004 </tgroup>
2005 </table>
2006 </para>
2007
2008 </sect2>
2009
2010 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
2011 <sect2 id="HelpWindow">
2012 <title id="HelpWindow.title">3.3.6 Help Window</title>
2013
2014 <para>
2015 The help window is a pop-up window that is used to browse the online
2016 documentation pages of the Atlantis Help System
2017 (see <xref linkend="HelpHowTo"></xref>).
2018 </para>
2019
2020 <para>
2021 The window may be opened via the <emphasis>Help→Help Content</emphasis>
2022 menu option of the menu
2023 (see <xref endterm="Menu.title" linkend="Menu"></xref>)
2024 of the Control Window. It starts by showing the Table of Contents.
2025 </para>
2026
2027 <para>
2028 The window may also be opened by <emphasis>right-clicking</emphasis> on a
2029 graphical component.
2030 If the component has a help page attached, this page is shown.
2031 </para>
2032
2033 </sect2>
2034
2035 </sect1>
2036
2037 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
2038 <sect1 id="MouseModifierKeys">
2039 <title id="MouseModifierKeys.title">3.4 Modifier Keys</title>
2040
2041 <para>
2042 Modifier keys are combinations of a keyboard key and a mouse key that are
2043 used to generate pop-up menus or to perform interactions. Generally a
2044 keyboard key is kept pressed and during this pressing, a mouse key is
2045 clicked (e.g. to get a pop-up menu) or kept pressed (e.g. zooming).
2046 </para>
2047
2048 <para>
2049 A list of available modifier keys with conditions and actions:
2050
2051 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
2052 <title>Modifier keys and actions</title>
2053 <tgroup cols="3">
2054 <colspec colnum="1" colname="colone" colwidth="2*" align="left"></colspec>
2055 <colspec colnum="2" colname="coltwo" colwidth="6*" align="left"></colspec>
2056 <colspec colnum="3" colname="colthree" colwidth="6*" align="left"></colspec>
2057 <thead>
2058 <row rowsep="1">
2059 <entry>Modifier Key</entry>
2060 <entry>Condition</entry>
2061 <entry>Action</entry>
2062 </row>
2063 </thead>
2064 <tbody>
2065 <row rowsep="1">
2066 <entry><emphasis>left-press</emphasis> only</entry>
2067 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>)
2068 </entry>
2069 <entry>Zoom with respect to the central point (horizontal zoom in the
2070 φ/ρ projection (see <xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>))
2071 </entry>
2072 </row>
2073 <row rowsep="1">
2074 <entry><emphasis>left-press</emphasis> only</entry>
2075 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>),
2076 3DBox projection active (see <xref endterm="3DBox.title" linkend="3DBox"></xref>)
2077 </entry>
2078 <entry>Change the volume of the box</entry>
2079 </row>
2080 <row rowsep="1">
2081 <entry><emphasis>right-click</emphasis> only</entry>
2082 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>)
2083 </entry>
2084 <entry>Interaction pop-up menu
2085 (see <xref endterm="InteractionMenu.title" linkend="InteractionMenu"></xref>):
2086 interaction dependent operations (e.g. type of rubberband)
2087 </entry>
2088 </row>
2089 <row rowsep="1">
2090 <entry><emphasis>A</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-click</emphasis></entry>
2091 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>),
2092 pick interaction active (see <xref endterm="Pick.title" linkend="Pick"></xref>)
2093 </entry>
2094 <entry>Add the data item to be picked to the currently selected list node
2095 </entry>
2096 </row>
2097 <row rowsep="1">
2098 <entry><emphasis>C</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-click</emphasis></entry>
2099 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>),
2100 pick interaction active (see <xref endterm="Pick.title" linkend="Pick"></xref>)
2101 </entry>
2102 <entry>Clear the highlight list node</entry>
2103 </row>
2104 <row rowsep="1">
2105 <entry><emphasis>C</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-click</emphasis></entry>
2106 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>)
2107 </entry>
2108 <entry>Change position of central point</entry>
2109 </row>
2110 <row rowsep="1">
2111 <entry><emphasis>F</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-press</emphasis></entry>
2112 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>)
2113 </entry>
2114 <entry>Fast zoom with respect to the central point (horizontal zoom
2115 in the φ/ρ projection (see <xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>));
2116 data are not shown during the zoom
2117 </entry>
2118 </row>
2119 <row rowsep="1">
2120 <entry><emphasis>H</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-click</emphasis></entry>
2121 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>),
2122 pick interaction active (see <xref endterm="Pick.title" linkend="Pick"></xref>)
2123 </entry>
2124 <entry>Highlight, place the data item to be picked in the highlight
2125 list node, causing it to be drawn in white
2126 </entry>
2127 </row>
2128 <row rowsep="1">
2129 <entry><emphasis>H</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-press</emphasis></entry>
2130 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>)
2131 </entry>
2132 <entry>Horizontal zoom with respect to the central point
2133 </entry>
2134 </row>
2135 <row rowsep="1">
2136 <entry><emphasis>H</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-press</emphasis></entry>
2137 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>),
2138 3DBox projection active (see <xref endterm="3DBox.title" linkend="3DBox"></xref>)
2139 </entry>
2140 <entry>Change the length of the box</entry>
2141 </row>
2142 <row rowsep="1">
2143 <entry><emphasis>I</emphasis> + <emphasis>right-click</emphasis></entry>
2144 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>)
2145 </entry>
2146 <entry>Interaction list pop-up menu
2147 (see <xref endterm="InteractionMenu.title" linkend="InteractionMenu"></xref>):
2148 list with available interactions
2149 </entry>
2150 </row>
2151 <row rowsep="1">
2152 <entry><emphasis>M</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-press</emphasis></entry>
2153 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>)
2154 </entry>
2155 <entry>Move (panning)</entry>
2156 </row>
2157 <row rowsep="1">
2158 <entry><emphasis>P</emphasis> + <emphasis>right-click</emphasis></entry>
2159 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>)
2160 </entry>
2161 <entry>Projection pop-up menu
2162 (see <xref endterm="ProjectionMenu.title" linkend="ProjectionMenu"></xref>);
2163 projection dependent (e.g. restore aspect ratio)
2164 </entry>
2165 </row>
2166 <row rowsep="1">
2167 <entry><emphasis>P</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-press</emphasis></entry>
2168 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>),
2169 synchro cursors active
2170 (see <xref endterm="SynchroCursors.title" linkend="SynchroCursors"></xref>)
2171 </entry>
2172 <entry>Change splitting angle φ and copy it to ρ/Z projection</entry>
2173 </row>
2174 <row rowsep="1">
2175 <entry><emphasis>R</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-press</emphasis></entry>
2176 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>)
2177 </entry>
2178 <entry>Rotate (projection dependent)</entry>
2179 </row>
2180 <row rowsep="1">
2181 <entry><emphasis>R</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-press</emphasis></entry>
2182 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>),
2183 3DBox projection active (see <xref endterm="3DBox.title" linkend="3DBox"></xref>)
2184 </entry>
2185 <entry>Rotate the tracks around the direction of flight of the decaying particle
2186 </entry>
2187 </row>
2188 <row rowsep="1">
2189 <entry><emphasis>V</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-press</emphasis></entry>
2190 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>)
2191 </entry>
2192 <entry>Vertical zoom with respect to the central point</entry>
2193 </row>
2194 <row rowsep="1">
2195 <entry><emphasis>V</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-press</emphasis></entry>
2196 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>),
2197 3DBox projection active (see <xref endterm="3DBox.title" linkend="3DBox"></xref>)
2198 </entry>
2199 <entry>Change the width of the box</entry>
2200 </row>
2201 <row rowsep="1">
2202 <entry><emphasis>W</emphasis> + <emphasis>right-click</emphasis></entry>
2203 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>)
2204 </entry>
2205 <entry>Canvas pad pop-up menu
2206 (see <xref endterm="WindowMenu.title" linkend="WindowMenu"></xref>):
2207 restore canvas pad defaults, rotation, flipping, etc.
2208 </entry>
2209 </row>
2210 <row rowsep="1">
2211 <entry><emphasis>Z</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-press</emphasis></entry>
2212 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>)
2213 </entry>
2214 <entry>Zoom with respect to the central point (horizontal zoom in the
2215 φ/ρ projection
2216 (see <xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>))
2217 </entry>
2218 </row>
2219 <row rowsep="1">
2220 <entry><emphasis>Z</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-press</emphasis></entry>
2221 <entry>in canvas pad (see <xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>),
2222 3DBox projection active (see <xref endterm="3DBox.title" linkend="3DBox"></xref>)
2223 </entry>
2224 <entry>Change the volume of the box</entry>
2225 </row>
2226 </tbody>
2227 </tgroup>
2228 </table>
2229 </para>
2230
2231 </sect1>
2232
2233 </chapter>
2234
2235 <!--=======================================================================-->
2236 <chapter id="Interactions">
2237 <title id="Interactions.title">Interactions</title>
2238
2239 <para>
2240 It is very important to understand how interactions work, so you may use the
2241 full power of each. There are two sets of interactions, the interactions that
2242 are sensible for all projections (<emphasis>global interactions</emphasis>)
2243 and the interactions which are only sensible for some specific projections
2244 (<emphasis>projection dependent interactions</emphasis>). As a consequence,
2245 each projection has a specific set of associated interactions represented by
2246 the set of tabs in the Control Window.
2247 </para>
2248
2249 <para>
2250 <emphasis>N.B.:</emphasis> See the detailed information about available
2251 projections in <xref linkend="Projection"></xref>.
2252 </para>
2253
2254 <para>
2255 <emphasis>Global Interactions</emphasis>
2256 </para>
2257
2258 <para>
2259 Interactions that are available in all projections:
2260
2261 <itemizedlist>
2262 <listitem>
2263 <para>
2264 <emphasis>ZMR</emphasis>
2265 (see <xref endterm="ZMR.title" linkend="ZMR"></xref>)
2266 - Zoom, move and/or rotate a picture in a canvas pad.
2267 </para>
2268 </listitem>
2269 <listitem>
2270 <para>
2271 <emphasis>Rubberband</emphasis>
2272 (see <xref endterm="Rubberband.title" linkend="Rubberband"></xref>) -
2273 Different kinds of rubberband selections.
2274 </para>
2275 </listitem>
2276 <listitem>
2277 <para>
2278 <emphasis>Pick</emphasis>
2279 (see <xref endterm="Pick.title" linkend="Pick"></xref>) - Used to pick
2280 an object in one projection and find it in another. Also used to display
2281 information about hits, tracks or detectors.
2282 </para>
2283 </listitem>
2284 <listitem>
2285 <para>
2286 <emphasis>SC</emphasis>
2287 (see <xref endterm="SynchroCursors.title" linkend="SynchroCursors"></xref>) - Synchronised
2288 cursors, used to see the same cursor position in different projections.
2289 </para>
2290 </listitem>
2291 </itemizedlist>
2292 </para>
2293
2294 <para>
2295 <emphasis>Projection Dependent Interactions</emphasis>
2296 </para>
2297
2298 <para>
2299 Interactions that perform operations which only make sense in specific
2300 projections:
2301
2302 <itemizedlist>
2303 <listitem>
2304 <para>
2305 <emphasis>Fisheye</emphasis>
2306 (see <xref endterm="FishEye.title" linkend="FishEye"></xref>) - Available in
2307 Y/X (see <xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>),
2308 ρ/Z (see <xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>),
2309 φ/ρ (see <xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>),
2310 φ/Z (see <xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>),
2311 X'/Z (see <xref endterm="XZ.title" linkend="XZ"></xref>),
2312 Y'/Z (see <xref endterm="YZ.title" linkend="YZ"></xref>) and
2313 3D (see <xref endterm="3D.title" linkend="3D"></xref>).
2314 </para>
2315 </listitem>
2316 <listitem>
2317 <para>
2318 <emphasis>Clock</emphasis>
2319 (see <xref endterm="Clock.title" linkend="Clock"></xref>) - Available in
2320 Y/X (see <xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>) only.
2321 </para>
2322 </listitem>
2323 <listitem>
2324 <para>
2325 <emphasis>Skew</emphasis>
2326 (see <xref endterm="Skew.title" linkend="Skew"></xref>) - Available in
2327 ρ/Z (see <xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>),
2328 φ/ρ (see <xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>)
2329 and φ/Z (see <xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>).
2330 </para>
2331 </listitem>
2332 <listitem>
2333 <para>
2334 <emphasis>Scale</emphasis>
2335 (see <xref endterm="ScaleCopy.title" linkend="ScaleCopy"></xref>) - Available in
2336 Y/X (see <xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>),
2337 φ/η (see <xref endterm="VP.title" linkend="VP"></xref>),
2338 ρ/Z (see <xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>),
2339 φ/ρ (see <xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>),
2340 φ/Z (see <xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>),
2341 X'/Z (see <xref endterm="XZ.title" linkend="XZ"></xref>),
2342 Y'/Z (see <xref endterm="YZ.title" linkend="YZ"></xref>) and
2343 3D (see <xref endterm="3D.title" linkend="3D"></xref>).
2344 </para>
2345 </listitem>
2346 </itemizedlist>
2347 </para>
2348
2349 <para>
2350 <emphasis>Interaction Control</emphasis>
2351 </para>
2352
2353 <para>
2354 Interactions are selected and interaction parameters are modified via the
2355 interaction control
2356 (see <xref endterm="InteractionControl.title" linkend="InteractionControl"></xref>) of the
2357 Control Window.
2358 </para>
2359
2360 <para>
2361 <emphasis>Interaction Pop-up Menus</emphasis>
2362 </para>
2363
2364 <para>
2365 Many interactions have an associated pop-up menu that is invoked for a
2366 picture by <emphasis>right-clicking</emphasis> in the canvas pad.
2367 See <xref endterm="InteractionMenu.title" linkend="InteractionMenu"></xref>.
2368 </para>
2369
2370 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
2371 <sect1 id="ZMR">
2372 <title id="ZMR.title">4.1 Zoom/Move/Rotate (ZMR)</title>
2373
2374 <para>
2375 The ZMR interaction allows the user to perform zooming, moving and rotation
2376 of the picture content in a canvas pad
2377 (<xref endterm="Window.title" linkend="Window"></xref>). It is
2378 activated for the current canvas pad by clicking on the ZMR tab of the
2379 interaction control
2380 (<xref endterm="InteractionControl.title" linkend="InteractionControl"></xref>)
2381 in the Control Window.
2382
2383 <itemizedlist>
2384 <listitem>
2385 <para>
2386 <emphasis>Zoom</emphasis>
2387 </para>
2388 <para>
2389 Zooming is always done with respect to a <emphasis>central point</emphasis>
2390 (<xref endterm="CentralPoint.title" linkend="CentralPoint"></xref>) which
2391 the user can specify. The central point is represented by a small red circle
2392 superimposed on the picture.
2393 </para>
2394 <para>
2395 If you want to perform a zoom operation just drag a point of the picture
2396 inside or outside, increasing or decreasing its distance to the central
2397 point.
2398 </para>
2399 <para>
2400 See the <emphasis>Modifier Key Summary</emphasis> for the different types
2401 of zoom that can be applied.
2402 </para>
2403 </listitem>
2404 <listitem>
2405 <para>
2406 <emphasis>Move</emphasis>
2407 </para>
2408 <para>
2409 You can move (pan) the picture by dragging a point of the picture while
2410 keeping the <emphasis>M</emphasis> key pressed.
2411 </para>
2412 </listitem>
2413 <listitem>
2414 <para>
2415 <emphasis>Rotate</emphasis>
2416 </para>
2417 <para>
2418 Rotation is also done with respect to a <emphasis>central point</emphasis>
2419 (<xref endterm="CentralPoint.title" linkend="CentralPoint"></xref>) which
2420 the user can specify. To obtain a rotation of the picture you drag a point of
2421 the picture around while keeping the <emphasis>R</emphasis> key pressed.
2422 </para>
2423 <para>
2424 Note that rotation is a projection dependent operation:
2425 <itemizedlist>
2426 <listitem>
2427 <para>
2428 <emphasis>Y/X</emphasis> (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>)
2429 - It performs a real rotation around the central point.
2430 </para>
2431 </listitem>
2432 <listitem>
2433 <para>
2434 <emphasis> ρ/Z (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>),
2435 X'/Z (<xref endterm="XZ.title" linkend="XZ"></xref>),
2436 Y'/Z</emphasis> (<xref endterm="YZ.title" linkend="YZ"></xref>)
2437 - It performs a rotation of splitting angle φ or the viewing angle
2438 φ<subscript>
2439 VIEW</subscript>, respectively.
2440 </para>
2441 </listitem>
2442 <listitem>
2443 <para>
2444 <emphasis> φ/ρ (<xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>),
2445 φ/Z (<xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>), φ/η
2446 (<xref endterm="VP.title" linkend="VP"></xref>)</emphasis>
2447 - It performs a shift (up or down) of the φ scale.
2448 </para>
2449 </listitem>
2450 </itemizedlist>
2451 </para>
2452 </listitem>
2453 </itemizedlist>
2454 </para>
2455
2456 <para>
2457 <emphasis>The ZMR Pop-up Menu</emphasis>
2458 </para>
2459
2460 <para>
2461 The ZMR pop-up menu can be accessed by <emphasis>right-clicking</emphasis> in
2462 a canvas window with ZMR applied. It contains the following utility
2463 operations:
2464
2465 <itemizedlist>
2466 <listitem>
2467 <para>
2468 <emphasis>To Center of Detector</emphasis> - Sets the
2469 <emphasis>central point</emphasis>
2470 (<xref endterm="CentralPoint.title" linkend="CentralPoint"></xref>) to
2471 the geometrical center of the detector.
2472 </para>
2473 </listitem>
2474 <listitem>
2475 <para>
2476 <emphasis>Center the Picture</emphasis> - Shifts the picture
2477 in such a way that the
2478 center of the detector coincides with the center of the canvas pad.
2479 </para>
2480 </listitem>
2481 <listitem>
2482 <para>
2483 <emphasis>Unzoom Full</emphasis> - Restores the window to its initial
2484 zoomed state.
2485 </para>
2486 </listitem>
2487 </itemizedlist>
2488 </para>
2489
2490 <para>
2491 <emphasis>Modifier Key Summary</emphasis>
2492
2493 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
2494 <title>Modifier key summary</title>
2495 <tgroup cols="2">
2496 <colspec colnum="1" colname="colone" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
2497 <colspec colnum="2" colname="coltwo" colwidth="350" align="left"></colspec>
2498 <thead>
2499 <row rowsep="1">
2500 <entry>Modifier Key</entry>
2501 <entry>Action</entry>
2502 </row>
2503 </thead>
2504 <tbody>
2505 <row rowsep="1">
2506 <entry>None</entry>
2507 <entry><emphasis>Zoom</emphasis> with respect to the central point
2508 (horizontal zoom in the φ/ρ projection
2509 (<xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>))
2510 </entry>
2511 </row>
2512 <row rowsep="1">
2513 <entry><emphasis>F</emphasis></entry>
2514 <entry><emphasis>Fast Zoom</emphasis> with respect to the central point
2515 (horizontal zoom in the φ/ρ projection
2516 (<xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>));
2517 data are not updated during the zoom
2518 </entry>
2519 </row>
2520 <row rowsep="1">
2521 <entry><emphasis>H</emphasis></entry>
2522 <entry><emphasis>Horizontal Zoom</emphasis> with respect to the central point
2523 </entry>
2524 </row>
2525 <row rowsep="1">
2526 <entry><emphasis>V</emphasis></entry>
2527 <entry><emphasis>Vertical Zoom</emphasis> with respect to the central point
2528 </entry>
2529 </row>
2530 <row rowsep="1">
2531 <entry><emphasis>M</emphasis></entry>
2532 <entry><emphasis>Move</emphasis> (panning)</entry>
2533 </row>
2534 <row rowsep="1">
2535 <entry><emphasis>R</emphasis></entry>
2536 <entry><emphasis>Rotate</emphasis> (projection dependent)</entry>
2537 </row>
2538 <row rowsep="1">
2539 <entry><emphasis>C</emphasis></entry>
2540 <entry>Change position of <emphasis>central point</emphasis></entry>
2541 </row>
2542 </tbody>
2543 </tgroup>
2544 </table>
2545 </para>
2546
2547 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
2548 <sect2 id="CentralPoint">
2549 <title id="CentralPoint.title">4.1.1 Central Point</title>
2550
2551 <para>
2552 The central point is used by the ZMR interaction for zooming (all projections)
2553 and rotation (Y/X projection) in a canvas pad. It is represented as a small
2554 <emphasis>red circle</emphasis> superimposed on the picture.
2555 </para>
2556
2557 <para>
2558 By default the central point is in the center of the detector (0, 0, 0).
2559 There are different ways to change it's position:
2560
2561 <itemizedlist>
2562 <listitem>
2563 <para>
2564 By pressing the <emphasis>C</emphasis> key on the keyboard and the
2565 <emphasis>left</emphasis> mouse button to specify the new center position.
2566 </para>
2567 </listitem>
2568 <listitem>
2569 <para>
2570 By selecting "<emphasis>To Center of Detector</emphasis>" in the ZMR Pop-up
2571 Menu to set the center back to it's initial position (center of the detector).
2572 </para>
2573 </listitem>
2574 </itemizedlist>
2575 </para>
2576
2577 </sect2>
2578
2579 </sect1>
2580
2581 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
2582 <sect1 id="Rubberband">
2583 <title id="Rubberband.title">4.2 Rubberband</title>
2584
2585 <para>
2586 The rubberband interaction provides an alternative way of zooming in
2587 Atlantis. Unlike the ZMR interaction
2588 (<xref endterm="ZMR.title" linkend="ZMR"></xref>) you may
2589 exactly specify the region you are interested in by simply drawing a
2590 rubberband around that region. The interaction is activated for the current
2591 canvas pad by clicking on the Rubberband tab of the interaction control
2592 (<xref endterm="InteractionControl.title" linkend="InteractionControl"></xref>) in the
2593 Control Window.
2594 </para>
2595
2596 <para>
2597 If rubberbanding is activated, the panel below the rubberband tab shows a
2598 box from which you may select a rubberband type:
2599
2600 <itemizedlist>
2601 <listitem>
2602 <para>
2603 <emphasis>Rectangle</emphasis>
2604 </para>
2605 <para>
2606 Rectangle is specified by two opposite corners. Sides run parallel to the
2607 projection axes.
2608 </para>
2609 </listitem>
2610 <listitem>
2611 <para>
2612 <emphasis>Rotated Rectangle</emphasis>
2613 </para>
2614 <para>
2615 Rectangle is specified by two middle points of opposite sides. These points
2616 can be moved to change the orientation of the rectangle and the corners can
2617 be moved to increase or decrease the width of the rectangle.
2618 </para>
2619 </listitem>
2620 <listitem>
2621 <para>
2622 <emphasis>Parallelogram</emphasis>
2623 </para>
2624 <para>
2625 Parallelogram is specified by two middle points of opposite sides. These
2626 points can be moved to change the orientation of the parallelogram (the side
2627 with the opposite point remains fixed) and the corners can be moved both to
2628 change the orientation and to increase or decrease the width of the
2629 parallelogram (the two middle points remain fixed).
2630 </para>
2631 </listitem>
2632 <listitem>
2633 <para>
2634 <emphasis>Square</emphasis>
2635 </para>
2636 <para>
2637 Square is specified by the central point and by a corner. Preserves the
2638 aspect ratio of the picture.
2639 </para>
2640 </listitem>
2641 <listitem>
2642 <para>
2643 <emphasis>X Skew</emphasis>
2644 </para>
2645 <para>
2646 As parallelogram but with base side horizontally fixed.
2647 </para>
2648 </listitem>
2649 <listitem>
2650 <para>
2651 <emphasis>Y Skew</emphasis>
2652 </para>
2653 <para>
2654 As parallelogram but with base side vertically fixed.
2655 </para>
2656 </listitem>
2657 <listitem>
2658 <para>
2659 <emphasis>X Slice</emphasis>
2660 </para>
2661 <para>
2662 Vertical slice is specified by points on left and right side.
2663 </para>
2664 </listitem>
2665 <listitem>
2666 <para>
2667 <emphasis>Y Slice</emphasis>
2668 </para>
2669 <para>
2670 Horizontal slice is specified by points on left and right side.
2671 </para>
2672 </listitem>
2673 </itemizedlist>
2674
2675 Draw a rubberband in the current canvas pad by clicking and then
2676 dragging with the left mouse button on the picture. When you release the
2677 mouse button a pop-up menu will appear near your mouse.
2678 </para>
2679
2680 <para>
2681 Now you may re-adjust the rubberband by moving any of its corners or (if
2682 applicable) middle points.
2683 </para>
2684
2685 <para>
2686 There are two options to apply the current rubberband:
2687
2688 <itemizedlist>
2689 <listitem>
2690 <para>
2691 <emphasis>Zoom in the same canvas pad</emphasis>
2692 - Just click the Zoom button of the pop-up menu.
2693 </para>
2694 </listitem>
2695 <listitem>
2696 <para>
2697 <emphasis>Zoom in some other canvas pad</emphasis> - Two options:
2698 <itemizedlist>
2699 <listitem>
2700 <para>
2701 Drag the Zoom button of the pop-up menu into one of the
2702 canvas pads shown in the canvas control
2703 (<xref endterm="WindowControl.title" linkend="WindowControl"></xref>) of the
2704 Control Window.
2705 </para>
2706 </listitem>
2707 <listitem>
2708 <para>
2709 Drag the Zoom button of the pop-up menu into the target
2710 canvas pad directly (in the Canvas). This only works if at least some part
2711 of the target canvas pad is visible on the Canvas.
2712 </para>
2713 </listitem>
2714 </itemizedlist>
2715 </para>
2716 </listitem>
2717 </itemizedlist>
2718 </para>
2719
2720 <para>
2721 <emphasis>Rubberband Pop-up Menu</emphasis>
2722
2723 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
2724 <title>Options of rubberband pop-up menu</title>
2725 <tgroup cols="2">
2726 <colspec colnum="1" colname="colone" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
2727 <colspec colnum="2" colname="coltwo" colwidth="350" align="left"></colspec>
2728 <thead>
2729 <row rowsep="1">
2730 <entry>Option</entry>
2731 <entry>Action</entry>
2732 </row>
2733 </thead>
2734 <tbody>
2735 <row rowsep="1">
2736 <entry><emphasis>Zoom</emphasis></entry>
2737 <entry>Zooms the selected region.</entry>
2738 </row>
2739 <row rowsep="1">
2740 <entry><emphasis>New List</emphasis></entry>
2741 <entry>Shows the Lists pop-up window (<xref endterm="Lists.title" linkend="Lists"></xref>).
2742 </entry>
2743 </row>
2744 <row rowsep="1">
2745 <entry><emphasis>Summarize</emphasis></entry>
2746 <entry>Information about the selected objects is displayed in the
2747 output display (<xref endterm="OutputDisplay.title" linkend="OutputDisplay"></xref>)
2748 of the Control Window.
2749 </entry>
2750 </row>
2751 </tbody>
2752 </tgroup>
2753 </table>
2754 </para>
2755
2756 <para>
2757 <emphasis>Unzoom</emphasis>
2758 </para>
2759
2760 <para>
2761 After a rubberband has been applied, you may right-click
2762 in the canvas pad to get a pop-up Unzoom button. Click to undo the zoom.
2763 This works recursively.
2764 </para>
2765
2766 <para>
2767 <emphasis>Unzoom Full</emphasis>
2768 </para>
2769
2770 <para>
2771 After any number of rubberbands have been applied, you may right-click
2772 in the canvas pad to get a pop-up Unzoom Full button. Click to restore
2773 the window to its initial zoomed state.
2774 </para>
2775
2776 <para>
2777 <emphasis>Rubberbanding in YX</emphasis>
2778 </para>
2779
2780 <para>
2781 In the YX (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>) projection
2782 the rectangular rubberband has additional functionality, which is
2783 described in Rubberband in YX Projection
2784 (<xref endterm="RubberbandYX.title" linkend="RubberbandYX"></xref>).
2785 </para>
2786
2787 <para>
2788 <emphasis>Rubberbanding in φ/η</emphasis>
2789 </para>
2790
2791 <para>
2792 In the φ/η (<xref endterm="VP.title" linkend="VP"></xref>) projection
2793 only the rectangular rubberband is available. However in this projection
2794 the rubberbanding has additional functionality, which is described in
2795 Rubberband in φ/η Projection
2796 (<xref endterm="VPSelection.title" linkend="VPSelection"></xref>).
2797 </para>
2798
2799 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
2800 <sect2 id="RubberbandYX">
2801 <title id="RubberbandYX.title">4.2.1 Rubberband in YX Projection</title>
2802
2803 <para>
2804 In the YX projection (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>)
2805 the normal rubberband options exist
2806 (<xref endterm="Rubberband.title" linkend="Rubberband"></xref>)
2807 except for the rectangle rubberband. In this projection the rectangle rubberband
2808 has additional functionality which is available as extra options in the pop-up
2809 menu which appears when a rubberbanding operation is complete. These extra options
2810 are described in the following table:
2811
2812 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
2813 <title>Additional rubberbanding options</title>
2814 <tgroup cols="2">
2815 <colspec colnum="1" colname="colone" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
2816 <colspec colnum="2" colname="coltwo" colwidth="350" align="left"></colspec>
2817 <thead>
2818 <row rowsep="1">
2819 <entry>Option</entry>
2820 <entry>Action</entry>
2821 </row>
2822 </thead>
2823 <tbody>
2824 <row rowsep="1">
2825 <entry><emphasis>Zoom Summed Endcaps</emphasis></entry>
2826 <entry>Zooms the currently selected region, showing the summed data over each
2827 of layers of the endcaps LAr-, LAr+, HEC-, and HEC+ being shown in canvas pads
2828 1-4, respectively.
2829 </entry>
2830 </row>
2831 <row rowsep="1">
2832 <entry><emphasis>Zoom Endcap Layers -</emphasis></entry>
2833 <entry>Zooms the currently selected region, showing the 8 individual layers of
2834 the LAr and HEC Endcap in the - z region, shown in canvas pads 1-8 with the
2835 zoomed in region of the ρZ view in canvas pad 9.
2836 </entry>
2837 </row>
2838 <row rowsep="1">
2839 <entry><emphasis>Zoom Endcap Layers +</emphasis></entry>
2840 <entry>As <emphasis>Zoom Endcap Layers -</emphasis>, but for the +z region
2841 of the Endcap.
2842 </entry>
2843 </row>
2844 <row rowsep="1">
2845 <entry><emphasis>Zoom Endcap Layers both</emphasis></entry>
2846 <entry>As <emphasis>Zoom Endcap Layers -</emphasis>, but shows hits for both
2847 the +z region and -z region of the Endcap.
2848 </entry>
2849 </row>
2850 </tbody>
2851 </tgroup>
2852 </table>
2853 </para>
2854
2855 <para>
2856 <emphasis>Unzoom Features</emphasis>
2857 </para>
2858
2859 <para>
2860 After a rubberband has been applied, you may right-click in the canvas pad
2861 to get a pop-up menu which will have the normal rubberband features
2862 (<xref endterm="Rubberband.title" linkend="Rubberband"></xref>). There are
2863 also <emphasis>Unzoom Summed</emphasis> and <emphasis>Unzoom Layers</emphasis>.
2864 </para>
2865
2866 <para>
2867 <emphasis>Unzoom Summed</emphasis>
2868 </para>
2869
2870 <para>
2871 After <emphasis>Zoom Summed Endcaps</emphasis> has been applied, you may
2872 right-click in the canvas pad to get a pop-up Unzoom Summed button. Click
2873 to undo the <emphasis>Zoom Summed Endcaps</emphasis>. This works recursively.
2874 </para>
2875
2876 <para>
2877 <emphasis>Unzoom Layers</emphasis>
2878 </para>
2879
2880 <para>
2881 As <emphasis>Unzoom Summed</emphasis> but for when any of
2882 <emphasis>Zoom Endcap Layers -</emphasis>, <emphasis>Zoom Endcap Layers +</emphasis>,
2883 or <emphasis>Zoom Endcap Layers both</emphasis> have been applied.
2884 </para>
2885
2886 </sect2>
2887
2888 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
2889 <sect2 id="VPSelection">
2890 <title id="VPSelection.title">4.2.2 Rubberband in φ/η Projection</title>
2891
2892 <para>
2893 In the φ/η projection (<xref endterm="VP.title" linkend="VP"></xref>)
2894 only the rectangular rubberband
2895 (<xref endterm="Rubberband.title" linkend="Rubberband"></xref>)
2896 is available.
2897 However in this projection the rubberbanding has additional functionality
2898 which is available as extra options in the pop-up menu which appears when a
2899 rubberbanding operation is complete. These extra options are described in
2900 the following table:
2901
2902 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
2903 <title>Additional rubberbanding options</title>
2904 <tgroup cols="2">
2905 <colspec colnum="1" colname="colone" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
2906 <colspec colnum="2" colname="coltwo" colwidth="350" align="left"></colspec>
2907 <thead>
2908 <row rowsep="1">
2909 <entry>Option</entry>
2910 <entry>Action</entry>
2911 </row>
2912 </thead>
2913 <tbody>
2914 <row rowsep="1">
2915 <entry><emphasis>Zoom LAr</emphasis></entry>
2916 <entry>Zooms the currently selected region, with the four samplings
2917 of the LAr calorimeter being shown in canvas pads 1-4, respectively.
2918 </entry>
2919 </row>
2920 <row rowsep="1">
2921 <entry><emphasis>Zoom Calorimeters</emphasis></entry>
2922 <entry>As <emphasis>Zoom LAr</emphasis>, with additionally the four
2923 samplings of the hadronic calorimeters being shown in canvas
2924 pads 5-8, respectively.
2925 </entry>
2926 </row>
2927 <row rowsep="1">
2928 <entry><emphasis>Cut</emphasis></entry>
2929 <entry>Switch on the φ and η cuts, with the cut region set to
2930 that defined by the rubberband.
2931 If this <emphasis>Cut</emphasis> is dragged into another canvas pad the
2932 projection in that canvas pad is not changed.
2933 </entry>
2934 </row>
2935 <row rowsep="1">
2936 <entry><emphasis>Whole Window</emphasis></entry>
2937 <entry>Sets the current zoom region to correspond to the whole canvas window.
2938 </entry>
2939 </row>
2940 <row rowsep="1">
2941 <entry><emphasis>Print Contents</emphasis></entry>
2942 <entry>A short summary describing the tracks and the calorimetric energy
2943 inside the rubberband region is displayed in the output display
2944 (<xref endterm="OutputDisplay.title" linkend="OutputDisplay"></xref>) of the
2945 Control Window.
2946 </entry>
2947 </row>
2948 </tbody>
2949 </tgroup>
2950 </table>
2951 </para>
2952
2953 <para>
2954 <emphasis>Unzoom Features</emphasis>
2955 </para>
2956
2957 <para>
2958 After a rubberband has been applied, you may right-click in the canvas pad
2959 to get a pop-up menu which will have the normal rubberband features
2960 (<xref endterm="Rubberband.title" linkend="Rubberband"></xref>). There are
2961 also <emphasis>Unzoom LAr</emphasis> and <emphasis>Unzoom Calorimeters</emphasis>.
2962 </para>
2963
2964 <para>
2965 <emphasis>Unzoom LAr</emphasis>
2966 </para>
2967
2968 <para>
2969 After <emphasis>Zoom LAr</emphasis> has been applied, you may
2970 right-click in the canvas pad to get a pop-up Unzoom LAr button. Click
2971 to undo the <emphasis>Zoom LAr</emphasis>. This works recursively.
2972 </para>
2973
2974 <para>
2975 <emphasis>Unzoom Calorimeters</emphasis>
2976 </para>
2977
2978 <para>
2979 As <emphasis>Unzoom LAr</emphasis> but for when
2980 <emphasis>Zoom Calorimeters</emphasis> has been applied.
2981 </para>
2982
2983 </sect2>
2984
2985 </sect1>
2986
2987 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
2988 <sect1 id="Pick">
2989 <title id="Pick.title">4.3 Pick</title>
2990
2991 <para>
2992 The pick interaction has two modes, allowing the selection of either hits
2993 and tracks or detectors. The desired mode is selected from the box on the
2994 panel of the Pick tab in the interaction control
2995 (<xref endterm="InteractionControl.title" linkend="InteractionControl"></xref>)
2996 of the Control Window.
2997 </para>
2998
2999 <para>
3000 <emphasis>Hits and Tracks</emphasis>
3001 </para>
3002
3003 <para>
3004 If the picking mode is set to hits and tracks:
3005
3006 <itemizedlist>
3007 <listitem>
3008 <para>
3009 Clicking the <emphasis>left mouse button</emphasis> in a
3010 canvas pad will move the cursor to the nearest data item in the window and
3011 will show information about the picked data item on the output display
3012 (<xref endterm="OutputDisplay.title" linkend="OutputDisplay"></xref>) of the
3013 Control Window.
3014 </para>
3015 </listitem>
3016 <listitem>
3017 <para>
3018 Clicking the <emphasis>right mouse button</emphasis> will
3019 move the cursor to the nearest appearance of the previously picked data
3020 item in the canvas pad where the mouse button is pressed. In the case of
3021 <itemizedlist>
3022 <listitem>
3023 <para>
3024 a hit, which is drawn once on a canvas pad, the cursor is
3025 moved to that hit,
3026 </para>
3027 </listitem>
3028 <listitem>
3029 <para>
3030 a hit, which is drawn twice on a canvas pad (V-plot) the
3031 cursor is moved to the closer of the two,
3032 </para>
3033 </listitem>
3034 <listitem>
3035 <para>
3036 a track, the cursor is moved to that point on the track
3037 which is closest to the current cursor position.
3038 </para>
3039 </listitem>
3040 </itemizedlist>
3041 </para>
3042 </listitem>
3043 </itemizedlist>
3044
3045 Any canvas pad in which a mouse button is clicked, is automatically
3046 popped up.
3047 </para>
3048
3049 <para>
3050 <emphasis>Detectors</emphasis>
3051 </para>
3052
3053 <para>
3054 If the picking mode is set to detectors:
3055
3056 <itemizedlist>
3057 <listitem>
3058 <para>
3059 Clicking the <emphasis>left mouse button</emphasis> in a
3060 canvas pad on a detector element will print the name of the element on the
3061 output display (<xref endterm="OutputDisplay.title" linkend="OutputDisplay"></xref>)
3062 of the Control Window.
3063 </para>
3064 </listitem>
3065 </itemizedlist>
3066 </para>
3067
3068 <para>
3069 <emphasis>Lists and Picking</emphasis>
3070 </para>
3071
3072 <para>
3073 The pick interaction may be used for the interactive manipulation of lists
3074 (<xref endterm="Lists.title" linkend="Lists"></xref>) by using a
3075 modifier key while performing the pick. The available modifier keys are:
3076
3077 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
3078 <title>Modifier keys for pick interaction</title>
3079 <tgroup cols="2">
3080 <colspec colnum="1" colname="colone" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
3081 <colspec colnum="2" colname="coltwo" colwidth="350" align="left"></colspec>
3082 <thead>
3083 <row rowsep="1">
3084 <entry>Modifier Key</entry>
3085 <entry>Action</entry>
3086 </row>
3087 </thead>
3088 <tbody>
3089 <row rowsep="1">
3090 <entry><emphasis>A</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-click</emphasis></entry>
3091 <entry><emphasis>Add</emphasis> the data item to be picked to the currently
3092 selected list node
3093 </entry>
3094 </row>
3095
3096 <row rowsep="1">
3097 <entry><emphasis>C</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-click</emphasis></entry>
3098 <entry><emphasis>Clear highlighted</emphasis>, colours the previously picked
3099 data item with its default colour
3100 </entry>
3101 </row>
3102
3103 <row rowsep="1">
3104 <entry><emphasis>I</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-click</emphasis></entry>
3105 <entry><emphasis>Ignore</emphasis>, picked item is moved into the
3106 <emphasis>invisible</emphasis> list under List manager and is ignored
3107 unless removed from this list or list manager is re-set, useful to mask
3108 hot calo cells for instance
3109 </entry>
3110 </row>
3111
3112 <row rowsep="1">
3113 <entry><emphasis>V</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-click</emphasis></entry>
3114 <entry><emphasis>Set primary vertex</emphasis>, if picked item is simulated
3115 vertex (SimVertex) or reconstructed vertex (RecVertex), the position of
3116 the picked vertex is considered by Atlantis the primary vertex
3117 (see Projections→η/φ projection menu)
3118 </entry>
3119 </row>
3120
3121 </tbody>
3122 </tgroup>
3123 </table>
3124 </para>
3125
3126 </sect1>
3127
3128 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
3129 <sect1 id="SynchroCursors">
3130 <title id="SynchroCursors.title">4.4 Synchro Cursors</title>
3131
3132 <para>
3133 If different projections are visible simultaneously in separate canvas
3134 windows, then synchro cursors show the same cursor position in all
3135 projections. Syncro cursors are activated by clicking on the SC tab of
3136 the interaction control in the Control Window.
3137 </para>
3138
3139 <para>
3140 Now simply click in a canvas pad with the left mouse key and, while
3141 keeping the key pressed, move around in the canvas pad to see the
3142 synchro cursor follow the cursor position. The synchro cursors in the
3143 other canvas pads follow the leading synchro cursor. The synchro cursor
3144 in any canvas pad may be used as leading cursor.
3145 </para>
3146
3147 <para>
3148 The concept is simple: a 3D point defined by (φ,η,ρ) in one
3149 projection is shown in all other projections by conversion to the appropriate
3150 coordinates. This is rigorously applied if the pointer is moved in the
3151 φ/η projection. Otherwise only those coordinates are shown,
3152 which are modified in the projection according to the table below:
3153
3154 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
3155 <title>Coordinates affected by synchro cursors</title>
3156 <tgroup cols="7">
3157 <colspec colnum="1" colname="colone" colwidth="60" align="left"></colspec>
3158 <colspec colnum="2" colname="coltwo" colwidth="50" align="left"></colspec>
3159 <colspec colnum="3" colname="colthree" colwidth="50" align="left"></colspec>
3160 <colspec colnum="4" colname="colfour" colwidth="50" align="left"></colspec>
3161 <colspec colnum="5" colname="colfive" colwidth="50" align="left"></colspec>
3162 <colspec colnum="6" colname="colsix" colwidth="50" align="left"></colspec>
3163 <colspec colnum="7" colname="colseven" colwidth="50" align="left"></colspec>
3164 <thead>
3165 <row rowsep="1">
3166 <entry>Pointer</entry>
3167 <entry>Displayed</entry>
3168 <entry></entry>
3169 <entry></entry>
3170 <entry></entry>
3171 <entry></entry>
3172 <entry></entry>
3173 </row>
3174 </thead>
3175 <tbody>
3176 <row rowsep="1">
3177 <entry>moved in</entry>
3178 <entry>ρ/Z (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>)</entry>
3179 <entry>Y/X (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>)</entry>
3180 <entry>φ/ρ (<xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>)</entry>
3181 <entry>φ/Z (<xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>)</entry>
3182 <entry>φ/η (<xref endterm="VP.title" linkend="VP"></xref>)</entry>
3183 <entry>X'/Z (<xref endterm="XZ.title" linkend="XZ"></xref>)</entry>
3184 </row>
3185 <row rowsep="1">
3186 <entry>ρ/Z (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>)</entry>
3187 <entry>ρ,Z,η</entry>
3188 <entry>ρ</entry>
3189 <entry>ρ</entry>
3190 <entry>Z</entry>
3191 <entry>η</entry>
3192 <entry>Z</entry>
3193 </row>
3194 <row rowsep="1">
3195 <entry>Y/X (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>)</entry>
3196 <entry>ρ</entry>
3197 <entry>φ,ρ</entry>
3198 <entry>φ,ρ</entry>
3199 <entry>φ</entry>
3200 <entry>φ</entry>
3201 <entry></entry>
3202 </row>
3203 <row rowsep="1">
3204 <entry>φ/ρ (<xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>)</entry>
3205 <entry>ρ</entry>
3206 <entry>φ,ρ</entry>
3207 <entry>φ,ρ</entry>
3208 <entry>φ</entry>
3209 <entry>φ</entry>
3210 <entry></entry>
3211 </row>
3212 <row rowsep="1">
3213 <entry>φ/Z (<xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>)</entry>
3214 <entry>Z</entry>
3215 <entry>φ</entry>
3216 <entry>φ</entry>
3217 <entry>φ,Z</entry>
3218 <entry>φ</entry>
3219 <entry>Z</entry>
3220 </row>
3221 <row rowsep="1">
3222 <entry>φ/η (<xref endterm="VP.title" linkend="VP"></xref>)</entry>
3223 <entry>Z,ρ <superscript>*</superscript></entry>
3224 <entry>φ,ρ<superscript>*</superscript></entry>
3225 <entry>φ,ρ<superscript>*</superscript></entry>
3226 <entry>φ,Z<superscript>**</superscript></entry>
3227 <entry>φ,η</entry>
3228 <entry>?</entry>
3229 </row>
3230 <row rowsep="1">
3231 <entry>X'/Z (<xref endterm="XZ.title" linkend="XZ"></xref>)</entry>
3232 <entry>Z</entry>
3233 <entry></entry>
3234 <entry></entry>
3235 <entry>Z</entry>
3236 <entry></entry>
3237 <entry>Z</entry>
3238 </row>
3239 </tbody>
3240 </tgroup>
3241 </table>
3242
3243 <superscript>*</superscript> Current ρ is used.
3244 </para>
3245
3246 <para>
3247 <superscript>**</superscript> Current ρ is used to calculate Z.
3248 </para>
3249
3250 <para>
3251 <emphasis>Setting the splitting angle in ρ/Z</emphasis>
3252 </para>
3253
3254 <para>
3255 A special feature of the synchro cursors interaction is to set the angle
3256 <emphasis>φ<subscript>ρZ</subscript></emphasis> of the ρ/Z
3257 (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>) projection from any
3258 other projection which defines φ. This transfer of φ information is
3259 performed by keeping modifier key <emphasis>P</emphasis> pressed while the
3260 cursor is being moved in a φ defining projection. This is particularly
3261 useful when the φ defining projection is taken to be Y/X
3262 (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>) as in this case
3263 all data in one Y/X hemisphere are shown on the upper half of the ρ/Z
3264 projection while all data in the other Y/X hemisphere are shown on the lower
3265 half of the ρ/Z projection.
3266 </para>
3267
3268 </sect1>
3269
3270 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
3271 <sect1 id="FishEye">
3272 <title id="FishEye.title">4.5 Fisheye</title>
3273
3274 <para>
3275 If the calorimeters and the muon detectors are drawn in, e.g. the
3276 Y/X projection
3277 (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>), the inner
3278 tracking chambers are so small that track recognition may suffer.
3279 This problem may be partially solved by applying a fisheye transformation,
3280 which allows a relative magnification of the inner chambers without
3281 increasing the outer radius. Besides, since the outer parts of the detector
3282 are in sight, tracks are still completely visible.
3283 </para>
3284
3285 <para>
3286 A fisheye transformation is available in most projections:
3287
3288 <itemizedlist>
3289 <listitem>
3290 <para>
3291 <emphasis>Y/X, φ/ρ and ρ/Z projections</emphasis>
3292 </para>
3293 <para>
3294 When ρ (√(X<superscript>2</superscript>+Y<superscript>2</superscript>))
3295 is known in a projection (namely Y/X
3296 (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>), φ/ρ
3297 (<xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>) and ρ/Z
3298 (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>)), it is modified as:
3299 </para>
3300 <para>
3301 ρ<subscript>new</subscript> = ρ ×
3302 (1+<emphasis>d</emphasis>×<emphasis>ρ<subscript>max</subscript></emphasis>) /
3303 (1+<emphasis>d</emphasis>×ρ)
3304 </para>
3305 <para>
3306 where <emphasis>ρ<subscript>max</subscript></emphasis> is the outer
3307 radius and <emphasis>d</emphasis> the fisheye distortion factor.
3308 </para>
3309 <para>
3310 In Y/X (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>) the
3311 azimuthal angle is unchanged and X<subscript>new</subscript>, Y<subscript>new</subscript>
3312 are calculated from φ and ρ<subscript>new</subscript>, in φ/ρ
3313 (<xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>)
3314 the azimuthal angle φ is unchanged.
3315 </para>
3316 <para>
3317 In the case of the ρ/Z
3318 (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>) projection the
3319 value of Z is changed according to the formula:
3320 </para>
3321 <para>
3322 Z<subscript>new</subscript> = Z ×
3323 (1+<emphasis>d</emphasis>×<emphasis>Z<subscript>max</subscript></emphasis>) /
3324 (1+<emphasis>d</emphasis>×Z)
3325 </para>
3326 <para>
3327 where <emphasis>Z<subscript>max</subscript></emphasis> is the outer Z range.
3328 In this projection, radial tracks are slightly curved by the fisheye.
3329 </para>
3330 </listitem>
3331 <listitem>
3332 <para>
3333 <emphasis>Other projections</emphasis>
3334 </para>
3335 <para>
3336 In all other projections where the fisheye is available, the axes
3337 representing distance are transformed with the formula used to transform Z
3338 in the ρ/Z (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>) projection.
3339 </para>
3340 </listitem>
3341 </itemizedlist>
3342 </para>
3343
3344 <para>
3345 <emphasis>Applying the Fisheye Transformation</emphasis>
3346 </para>
3347
3348 <para>
3349 The fisheye interaction is selected for the current canvas pad by
3350 clicking on the Fisheye tab of the interaction control
3351 (<xref endterm="InteractionControl.title" linkend="InteractionControl"></xref>)
3352 in the Control Window. The label of the tab contains a toggle to activate
3353 and deactivate the fisheye and a box with the value of the distortion factor
3354 <emphasis>d</emphasis>. This value is modified by clicking the left mouse
3355 button and dragging the cursor over the picture. If the <emphasis>F</emphasis>
3356 modifier key is pressed while dragging, the data will not be updated, thus
3357 allowing for better response.
3358 </para>
3359
3360 <para>
3361 <emphasis>The Fisheye Pop-up Menu</emphasis>
3362 </para>
3363
3364 <para>
3365 The Fisheye Pop-up Menu can be accessed by right-clicking into the desired
3366 canvas pad. It contains the following set of utility operations:
3367
3368 <itemizedlist>
3369 <listitem>
3370 <para>
3371 <emphasis>Set no Fisheye</emphasis>
3372 - Switch off the fisheye interaction.
3373 </para>
3374 </listitem>
3375 <listitem>
3376 <para>
3377 <emphasis>To Window Radius</emphasis>
3378 - Not implemented yet.
3379 </para>
3380 </listitem>
3381 </itemizedlist>
3382 </para>
3383
3384 </sect1>
3385
3386 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
3387 <sect1 id="Clock">
3388 <title id="Clock.title">4.6 Clock</title>
3389
3390 <para>
3391 The clock transformation is an angular fisheye transformation which allows a
3392 selected azimuthal region to be shown in detail while still displaying the
3393 full 360°. It is only available in the Y/X projection
3394 (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>).
3395 </para>
3396
3397 <para>
3398 Under a clock transformation about an axis φ<subscript>0</subscript>,
3399 φ transforms to φ<subscript>new</subscript> with:
3400 </para>
3401
3402 <para>
3403 φ<subscript>new</subscript> = φ<subscript>0</subscript> +
3404 ((π/<emphasis>d</emphasis>)×Δφ) /
3405 ((π/<emphasis>d</emphasis>)+π-|Δφ|)
3406 </para>
3407
3408 <para>
3409 where <emphasis>d</emphasis> is the clock distortion factor and
3410 Δφ=φ-φ<subscript>0</subscript>.
3411 The clock transformation does not change ρ.
3412 The values of X<subscript>new</subscript>, Y<subscript>new</subscript> are
3413 calculated from ρ and φ<subscript>new</subscript>.
3414 </para>
3415
3416 <para>
3417 <emphasis>Applying the Clock Transformation</emphasis>
3418 </para>
3419
3420 <para>
3421 The clock interaction is selected for the current canvas pad by
3422 clicking on the Clock tab of the interaction control
3423 (<xref endterm="InteractionControl.title" linkend="InteractionControl"></xref>)
3424 in the Control Window. The label of the tab contains a toggle to activate
3425 and deactivate the interaction. Upon activation the distortion factor
3426 <emphasis>d</emphasis> is modified by clicking on a point at a selected
3427 opening angle with respect to the φ<subscript>0</subscript> direction
3428 and dragging it to a larger or smaller opening angle.
3429 </para>
3430
3431 <para>
3432 When the clock interaction is selected, a white line appears over the picture
3433 representing the selected φ<subscript>0</subscript> direction around
3434 which to perform the angular fisheye. This φ axis may be rotated by
3435 dragging it with the mouse.
3436 </para>
3437
3438 </sect1>
3439
3440 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
3441 <sect1 id="Skew">
3442 <title id="Skew.title">4.7 Skew</title>
3443
3444 <para>
3445 The skew interaction is activated for the current canvas pad by
3446 clicking on the Skew tab of the interaction control
3447 (<xref endterm="InteractionControl.title" linkend="InteractionControl"></xref>)
3448 in the Control Window. It is available in the
3449 ρ/Z (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>),
3450 φ/ρ (<xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>) and
3451 φ/Z (<xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>)
3452 projections.
3453 However, in the φ/ρ, φ/Z it is only available when a small
3454 region of the total azimuthal angle has been selected.
3455 </para>
3456
3457 <para>
3458 <emphasis>The Skew Pop-up Menu</emphasis>
3459 </para>
3460
3461 <para>
3462 The Skew Pop-up Menu can be accessed by right-clicking into the desired
3463 canvas pad. It contains the following set of utility operations:
3464
3465 <itemizedlist>
3466 <listitem>
3467 <para>
3468 <emphasis>Set no skew</emphasis>
3469 - Switch off the skew interaction.
3470 (doesn't work for ρ/Z: BUG!)
3471 </para>
3472 </listitem>
3473 </itemizedlist>
3474 </para>
3475
3476 </sect1>
3477
3478 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
3479 <sect1 id="ScaleCopy">
3480 <title id="ScaleCopy.title">4.8 Scale</title>
3481
3482 <para>
3483 The skew interaction is activated for the current canvas pad by
3484 clicking on the Scale tab of the interaction control
3485 (<xref endterm="InteractionControl.title" linkend="InteractionControl"></xref>)
3486 in the Control Window.
3487 </para>
3488
3489 <para>
3490 The scale interaction allows the copying of φ or Z scales between
3491 projections. After activating the scale interaction, a scale may be copied
3492 by dragging it from the source window into the target window. A φ-scale
3493 copy will only work between two projections which have their vertical axes
3494 representing φ. A Z-scale copy will only work between two projections
3495 which have their horizontal axes representing Z.
3496 </para>
3497
3498 <para>
3499 The scale interaction does not have a pop-up menu.
3500 </para>
3501
3502 </sect1>
3503
3504 </chapter>
3505
3506 <!--=======================================================================-->
3507 <chapter id="Projection">
3508 <title id="Projection.title">Projections</title>
3509
3510 <para>
3511 <emphasis>Available Projections</emphasis>
3512 </para>
3513
3514 <para>
3515 The projections that are available in Atlantis are data oriented, that is,
3516 they are adapted to the cylindrical structure of helices and of the ATLAS
3517 detector. The following projections are available:
3518
3519 <itemizedlist>
3520 <listitem>
3521 <para>
3522 <emphasis>Linear projections</emphasis>
3523 <itemizedlist>
3524 <listitem>
3525 <para>
3526 The <emphasis>Y/X projection</emphasis> (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>)
3527 looking along the beam axis.
3528 </para>
3529 </listitem>
3530 <listitem>
3531 <para>
3532 The <emphasis>X'/Z projection</emphasis>
3533 (<xref endterm="XZ.title" linkend="XZ"></xref>)
3534 looking perpendicular to the beam axis. The angle around the axis may
3535 be changed.
3536 </para>
3537 </listitem>
3538 <listitem>
3539 <para>
3540 The <emphasis>Y'/Z projection</emphasis>
3541 (<xref endterm="YZ.title" linkend="YZ"></xref>)
3542 looking perpendicular to the beam axis and perpendicular to X'Z.
3543 The angle around the axis may be changed.
3544 </para>
3545 </listitem>
3546 </itemizedlist>
3547 </para>
3548 </listitem>
3549 <listitem>
3550 <para>
3551 <emphasis>Non-linear projections</emphasis>
3552 <itemizedlist>
3553 <listitem>
3554 <para>
3555 The <emphasis>ρ/Z projection</emphasis>
3556 (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>),
3557 which is intuitively understandable.
3558 </para>
3559 </listitem>
3560 </itemizedlist>
3561 </para>
3562 </listitem>
3563 <listitem>
3564 <para>
3565 <emphasis>Expert non-linear projections</emphasis>
3566 <itemizedlist>
3567 <listitem>
3568 <para>
3569 The <emphasis>φ/ρ projection</emphasis>
3570 (<xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>).
3571 </para>
3572 </listitem>
3573 <listitem>
3574 <para>
3575 The <emphasis>φ/Z projection</emphasis>
3576 (<xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>).
3577 </para>
3578 </listitem>
3579 <listitem>
3580 <para>
3581 The <emphasis>φ/η projection</emphasis>
3582 (<xref endterm="VP.title" linkend="VP"></xref>),
3583 of which the V-plot is a special form.
3584 </para>
3585 </listitem>
3586 </itemizedlist>
3587 </para>
3588 </listitem>
3589 <listitem>
3590 <para>
3591 <emphasis>Special projections</emphasis>
3592 <itemizedlist>
3593 <listitem>
3594 <para>
3595 The <emphasis>3D projection</emphasis>
3596 (<xref endterm="3D.title" linkend="3D"></xref>).
3597 </para>
3598 </listitem>
3599 <listitem>
3600 <para>
3601 The <emphasis>3DBox projection</emphasis>
3602 (<xref endterm="3DBox.title" linkend="3DBox"></xref>).
3603 </para>
3604 </listitem>
3605 <listitem>
3606 <para>
3607 The <emphasis>Lego Plot</emphasis>
3608 (<xref endterm="LegoPlot.title" linkend="LegoPlot"></xref>).
3609 </para>
3610 </listitem>
3611 </itemizedlist>
3612 </para>
3613 </listitem>
3614 </itemizedlist>
3615 </para>
3616
3617 <para>
3618 <emphasis>Selection of Projections</emphasis>
3619 </para>
3620
3621 <para>
3622 A projection is selected via the Parameter Control
3623 (<xref endterm="ParametersControl.title" linkend="ParametersControl"></xref>) of the
3624 Control Window or via the projection pop-up menu
3625 (<xref endterm="ProjectionMenu.title" linkend="ProjectionMenu"></xref>).
3626 </para>
3627
3628 <para>
3629 <emphasis>Projections and Data</emphasis>
3630 </para>
3631
3632 <para>
3633 In the program a distinction is made for data in 3D space between
3634 <emphasis>space points</emphasis> (e.g. silicon hits) and
3635 <emphasis>space lines</emphasis> (e.g. straws from the TRT).
3636 </para>
3637
3638 <para>
3639 All projections may be used for both types of data.
3640 However, space lines are best viewed in the following projections:
3641
3642 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
3643 <title>Display of space lines</title>
3644 <tgroup cols="2">
3645 <colspec colnum="1" colname="colone" colwidth="130" align="left"></colspec>
3646 <colspec colnum="2" colname="coltwo" colwidth="300" align="left"></colspec>
3647 <thead>
3648 <row rowsep="1">
3649 <entry>Projection</entry>
3650 <entry>Space line</entry>
3651 </row>
3652 </thead>
3653 <tbody>
3654 <row rowsep="1">
3655 <entry>Y/X (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>)</entry>
3656 <entry>TRT, LAr and TILE barrels, RPC φ-strips, vertex region (intuitive view)
3657 </entry>
3658 </row>
3659 <row rowsep="1">
3660 <entry>φ/ρ (<xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>)</entry>
3661 <entry>TRT, LAr and TILE barrels, RPC φ-strips, tracks are straight lines
3662 </entry>
3663 </row>
3664 <row rowsep="1">
3665 <entry>ρ/Z (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>)</entry>
3666 <entry>Barrel and endcap calorimeters; approximate extrapolation to all
3667 MDT, RPC z-strips and TGC ρ-strips superimposed
3668 </entry>
3669 </row>
3670 <row rowsep="1">
3671 <entry>X'/Z (<xref endterm="XZ.title" linkend="XZ"></xref>)</entry>
3672 <entry>MDT, RPC z-strips and TGC ρ-strips, vertex region (intuitive view)</entry>
3673 </row>
3674 <row rowsep="1">
3675 <entry>Y'/Z (<xref endterm="YZ.title" linkend="YZ"></xref>)</entry>
3676 <entry>Vertex region, orthogonal view with respect to X'/Z projection</entry>
3677 </row>
3678 <row rowsep="1">
3679 <entry>φ/Z (<xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>)</entry>
3680 <entry>TRT endcaps, calorimeter endcaps and TGC φ-strips</entry>
3681 </row>
3682 <row rowsep="1">
3683 <entry>φ/η (<xref endterm="VP.title" linkend="VP"></xref>)</entry>
3684 <entry>Calorimeters, and their association to tracks and S3D hits</entry>
3685 </row>
3686 <row rowsep="1">
3687 <entry>3DBox (<xref endterm="3DBox.title" linkend="3DBox"></xref>)</entry>
3688 <entry>Shows tracks near the primary vertex to investigate secondary vertices
3689 </entry>
3690 </row>
3691 </tbody>
3692 </tgroup>
3693 </table>
3694 </para>
3695
3696 <para>
3697 <emphasis>Projections and Magnetic Field</emphasis>
3698 </para>
3699
3700 <para>
3701 Depending on the projection and the type of magnetic field, tracks of charged
3702 particles will be more or less straight. The following table gives an overview:
3703
3704 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
3705 <title>Shape of trajectories in magnetic fields</title>
3706 <tgroup cols="5">
3707 <colspec colnum="1" colname="colone" colwidth="70" align="left"></colspec>
3708 <colspec colnum="2" colname="coltwo" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
3709 <colspec colnum="3" colname="colthree" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
3710 <colspec colnum="4" colname="colfour" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
3711 <colspec colnum="5" colname="colfive" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
3712 <thead>
3713 <row rowsep="1">
3714 <entry></entry>
3715 <entry>Y/X</entry>
3716 <entry>φ/ρ</entry>
3717 <entry>φ/Z</entry>
3718 <entry>ρ/Z</entry>
3719 </row>
3720 </thead>
3721 <tbody>
3722 <row rowsep="1">
3723 <entry>Solenoidal</entry>
3724 <entry>curved</entry>
3725 <entry>curved</entry>
3726 <entry>curved</entry>
3727 <entry>∼straight</entry>
3728 </row>
3729 <row rowsep="1">
3730 <entry>Toroidal</entry>
3731 <entry>∼straight</entry>
3732 <entry>∼straight</entry>
3733 <entry>∼straight</entry>
3734 <entry>curved</entry></row>
3735 </tbody>
3736 </tgroup>
3737 </table>
3738 </para>
3739
3740 <para>
3741 <emphasis>Checking the Tracking</emphasis>
3742 </para>
3743
3744 <para>
3745 In the Y/X (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>),
3746 φ/ρ (<xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>) and
3747 φ/Z (<xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>)
3748 projections tracks are seen from the side of maximum curvature. In the
3749 ρ/Z (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>) projection
3750 they are seen from the "orthogonal" side, i.e. the side of minimum curvature.
3751 Therefore ρ/Z is said to be orthogonal to Y/X, φ/ρ and φ/Z.
3752 </para>
3753
3754 <para>
3755 In order to check in space if a track passes through a set of 3D hits or
3756 if it points to a set of calorimeter hits the hits and the track must be
3757 displayed in at least two 2-dimensional projections which are orthogonal
3758 to each other i.e. in ρ/Z and in one of the projections Y/X,
3759 φ/ρ or φ/Z.
3760 </para>
3761
3762 <para>
3763 Instead of using a pair of projections the 3-dimensional
3764 V-plot (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>)
3765 is sufficient to check pattern recognition and track extrapolation.
3766 </para>
3767
3768 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
3769 <sect1 id="YX">
3770 <title id="YX.title">5.1 Y/X Projection</title>
3771
3772 <para>
3773 The Y/X projection presents an intuitively understandable picture of data
3774 with a precise Y/X measurement. This projection may be used to view 3D
3775 tracks and hits and to associate them to data in the TRT, LAr and TILE
3776 barrels, and to the RPC φ-strips. All other data would appear as lines.
3777 In this projection the momentum of tracks may be estimated form the curvature.
3778 This projection also provides an intuitively understandable view of the
3779 region around the primary vertex.
3780 </para>
3781
3782 <para>
3783 In the standard view of the Y/X projection, data from the calorimeter and
3784 muon detector endcaps are <emphasis>not</emphasis> displayed (in order not to
3785 complicate the picture) as they would fall on top of data from the
3786 tracking chambers or data from the calorimeter barrel.
3787 </para>
3788
3789 <para>
3790 Alternatively, the <emphasis>view</emphasis> parameter may be used to select
3791 a single layer of the muon detector endcaps
3792 (<xref endterm="ParametersControl.title" linkend="ParametersControl"></xref>).
3793 In this case, the <emphasis>TGC Gas Gap</emphasis> parameter may be used
3794 to further select data from only a given sublayer of the detector.
3795 </para>
3796
3797 <para>
3798 The Y/X projection is special in that it allows both the particle's charge
3799 and P<subscript>
3800 t</subscript> to be estimated from the track curvature.
3801 </para>
3802
3803 <para>
3804 Even with <emphasis>fisheye</emphasis>
3805 (<xref endterm="FishEye.title" linkend="FishEye"></xref>) the inner
3806 layers of the pixel detector fall on rather small circles, which do not
3807 take into account the high resolution of the pixel detector.
3808 The pixel data are better visualised in the φ/ρ projection
3809 (<xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>).
3810 </para>
3811
3812 <para>
3813 The orthogonal projection to Y/X is the ρ/Z projection
3814 (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>).
3815 </para>
3816
3817 <para>
3818 <emphasis>The Y/X Projection Menu
3819 (see <xref endterm="ProjectionMenu.title" linkend="ProjectionMenu"></xref>)</emphasis>
3820
3821 <itemizedlist>
3822 <listitem>
3823 <para>
3824 <emphasis>Aspect Ratio 1</emphasis>
3825 - Sets the aspect ratio (width/height) of the
3826 picture to 1. The operation ensures that the original picture which was
3827 in the window does not go outside the window.
3828 </para>
3829 </listitem>
3830 </itemizedlist>
3831 </para>
3832
3833 <para>
3834 <emphasis>Parameters</emphasis>
3835
3836 <itemizedlist>
3837 <listitem>
3838 <para><emphasis>View</emphasis></para>
3839 <para>Select the data type, choice between:
3840 <itemizedlist>
3841 <listitem>
3842 <para><emphasis>Standard</emphasis> (default)</para>
3843 </listitem>
3844 <listitem>
3845 <para><emphasis>TGC Inner 1</emphasis></para>
3846 </listitem>
3847 <listitem>
3848 <para><emphasis>TGC Middle 1</emphasis></para>
3849 </listitem>
3850 <listitem>
3851 <para><emphasis>TGC Middle 2</emphasis></para>
3852 </listitem>
3853 <listitem>
3854 <para><emphasis>TGC Middle 3</emphasis></para>
3855 </listitem>
3856 <listitem>
3857 <para><emphasis>MDT/CSC Inner</emphasis></para>
3858 </listitem>
3859 <listitem>
3860 <para><emphasis>MDT Extension</emphasis></para>
3861 </listitem>
3862 <listitem>
3863 <para><emphasis>MDT Middle</emphasis></para>
3864 </listitem>
3865 <listitem>
3866 <para><emphasis>FCAL EM</emphasis></para>
3867 </listitem>
3868 <listitem>
3869 <para><emphasis>FCAL HAD 1</emphasis></para>
3870 </listitem>
3871 <listitem>
3872 <para><emphasis>FCAL HAD 2</emphasis></para>
3873 </listitem>
3874 <listitem>
3875 <para><emphasis>LAr Endcap Presampler</emphasis></para>
3876 </listitem>
3877 <listitem>
3878 <para><emphasis>LAr Endcap 1 (outer wheel 1)</emphasis></para>
3879 </listitem>
3880 <listitem>
3881 <para><emphasis>LAr Endcap 2 (outer wheel 2, inner wheel 1)</emphasis></para>
3882 </listitem>
3883 <listitem>
3884 <para><emphasis>LAr Endcap 3 (outer wheel 3, inner wheel 2)</emphasis></para>
3885 </listitem>
3886 <listitem>
3887 <para><emphasis>HEC 1</emphasis></para>
3888 </listitem>
3889 <listitem>
3890 <para><emphasis>HEC 2</emphasis></para>
3891 </listitem>
3892 <listitem>
3893 <para><emphasis>HEC 3</emphasis></para>
3894 </listitem>
3895 <listitem>
3896 <para><emphasis>HEC 4</emphasis></para>
3897 </listitem>
3898 <listitem>
3899 <para><emphasis>LAr Summed</emphasis></para>
3900 </listitem>
3901 <listitem>
3902 <para><emphasis>HEC Summed</emphasis></para>
3903 </listitem>
3904 <listitem>
3905 <para><emphasis>MBTS</emphasis></para>
3906 </listitem>
3907 </itemizedlist>
3908 </para>
3909 </listitem>
3910 <listitem>
3911 <para><emphasis>Summed LAr binning</emphasis></para>
3912 <para>Select the data type, choice between:
3913 <itemizedlist>
3914 <listitem>
3915 <para><emphasis>0.1x0.1</emphasis> (default)</para>
3916 </listitem>
3917 <listitem>
3918 <para><emphasis>0.2x0.2</emphasis></para>
3919 </listitem>
3920 <listitem>
3921 <para><emphasis>split</emphasis></para>
3922 </listitem>
3923 </itemizedlist>
3924 </para>
3925 </listitem>
3926 <listitem>
3927 <para><emphasis>Summed HEC binning</emphasis></para>
3928 <para>Select the data type, choice between:
3929 <itemizedlist>
3930 <listitem>
3931 <para><emphasis>0.1x0.1</emphasis></para>
3932 </listitem>
3933 <listitem>
3934 <para><emphasis>0.2x0.2</emphasis> (default)</para>
3935 </listitem>
3936 <listitem>
3937 <para><emphasis>split</emphasis></para>
3938 </listitem>
3939 </itemizedlist>
3940 </para>
3941 </listitem>
3942 <listitem>
3943 <para><emphasis>Eta of split binning</emphasis></para>
3944 </listitem>
3945 <listitem>
3946 <para><emphasis>Draw FCAL inside HEC</emphasis></para>
3947 </listitem>
3948 <listitem>
3949 <para><emphasis>CSC Gas Gap</emphasis></para>
3950 <para>Select value, choice between:
3951 <itemizedlist>
3952 <listitem>
3953 <para><emphasis>1</emphasis> (default)</para>
3954 </listitem>
3955 <listitem>
3956 <para><emphasis>2</emphasis></para>
3957 </listitem>
3958 <listitem>
3959 <para><emphasis>3</emphasis></para>
3960 </listitem>
3961 <listitem>
3962 <para><emphasis>4</emphasis></para>
3963 </listitem>
3964 </itemizedlist>
3965 </para>
3966 </listitem>
3967 <listitem>
3968 <para><emphasis>TGC Gas Gap</emphasis></para>
3969 <para>Select value, choice between:
3970 <itemizedlist>
3971 <listitem>
3972 <para><emphasis>1</emphasis> (default)</para>
3973 </listitem>
3974 <listitem>
3975 <para><emphasis>2</emphasis></para>
3976 </listitem>
3977 <listitem>
3978 <para><emphasis>3</emphasis></para>
3979 </listitem>
3980 </itemizedlist>
3981 </para>
3982 </listitem>
3983 </itemizedlist>
3984 </para>
3985
3986 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
3987 <sect2 id="YXEndCap">
3988 <title id="YXEndCap.title">5.1.1 Muon Detector Endcaps in Y/X Projection</title>
3989
3990 <para>
3991 In order to display the muon detector endcaps and the respective hits
3992 (drawn as points or lines) single stations must be selected:
3993
3994 <itemizedlist>
3995 <listitem>
3996 <para>
3997 <emphasis>TGC</emphasis>
3998 - Inner 1, Middle 1, Middle 2 and Middle 3. The TGC data may belong to
3999 different sublayers selected by the TGC Gas Gap parameter.
4000 </para>
4001 </listitem>
4002 <listitem>
4003 <para>
4004 <emphasis>MDT</emphasis>
4005 - Inner 1, Extension, Middle and Outer.
4006 </para>
4007 </listitem>
4008 </itemizedlist>
4009 </para>
4010
4011 <para>
4012 These pictures show best the structure of the layers.
4013 Their position can be seen best from
4014 ρ/Z (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>).
4015 The name of a specific module may be obtained by
4016 picking (<xref endterm="Pick.title" linkend="Pick"></xref>).
4017 </para>
4018
4019 <para>
4020 In the standard Y/X view (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>) the
4021 inner detector and the calorimeter and muon barrel are displayed.
4022 </para>
4023
4024 </sect2>
4025
4026 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
4027 <sect2 id="YXEndCapLArHEC">
4028 <title id="YXEndCapLArHEC.title">5.1.2 LAr and HEC Endcaps in Y/X Projection</title>
4029
4030 <para>
4031 In order to display the LAr and HEC endcaps there are several options:
4032
4033 <itemizedlist>
4034 <listitem>
4035 <para>
4036 <emphasis>Individual layers</emphasis>
4037 - Shows the hits in both endcaps unless a cut on η is applied.
4038 </para>
4039 </listitem>
4040 <listitem>
4041 <para>
4042 <emphasis>Summed layers</emphasis>
4043 - Takes the sum of all the layers in the endcap, as with the individual
4044 layers this takes the hits in both endcaps unless a cut on η is applied.
4045 </para>
4046 </listitem>
4047 <listitem>
4048 <para>
4049 <emphasis>Multiple layers</emphasis>
4050 - These projections can also be used by using the rectangle selection on
4051 the rubberband menu (<xref endterm="RubberbandYX.title" linkend="RubberbandYX"></xref>).
4052 </para>
4053 </listitem>
4054 </itemizedlist>
4055 </para>
4056
4057 <para>
4058 In the standard Y/X view (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>) the
4059 LAr and HEC Endcaps are not displayed.
4060 </para>
4061
4062 </sect2>
4063
4064 </sect1>
4065
4066 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
4067 <sect1 id="VP">
4068 <title id="VP.title">5.2 φ/η Projection</title>
4069
4070 <para>
4071 Calorimeter data from a single sampling are best shown in a φ/η
4072 projection, where the energy deposits may be shown through Lego towers or
4073 other methods. There are also methods to show several samplings superimposed.
4074 </para>
4075
4076 <para>
4077 Data from 3D tracking chambers may be shown in this projection with optimal
4078 separation of tracks. However one faces the problem, that charge, track
4079 momentum and the distance of hits from the beam axis cannot be recognised.
4080 </para>
4081
4082 <para>
4083 One way out is the V-plot, which preserves all the features of the
4084 φ/η projection. It may be applied to both tracks and hits.
4085 The latter without using any hit to track association.
4086 </para>
4087
4088 <para>
4089 For a point in space (with coordinates φ, η, ρ) a pair of
4090 points is displayed on the V-plot picture. In the case of particles moving
4091 in a solenoidal field the two displayed points get the same φ as
4092 vertical position and get two different horizontal positions namely
4093 </para>
4094
4095 <para>
4096 η ± k × (ρ<subscript>max</subscript>-ρ)
4097 </para>
4098
4099 <para>
4100 The value of the parameter k (gradient) is set by default but may be changed
4101 interactively. The parameter ρ<subscript>max</subscript> is set
4102 automatically depending on the selected view.
4103 As k and ρ<subscript>max</subscript> are known, φ, η and ρ
4104 may be recalculated from the coordinates of a pair of displayed points,
4105 which means that the V-plot is a true 3-dimensional image.
4106 </para>
4107
4108 <para>
4109 The position ZVTx of the primary vertex along the beam axis must be known to
4110 calculate η.
4111 </para>
4112
4113 <para>
4114 The following rules apply to interpret the V-plot:
4115
4116 <itemizedlist>
4117 <listitem>
4118 <para>
4119 Helices transform into a V like pattern.
4120 </para>
4121 </listitem>
4122 <listitem>
4123 <para>
4124 For helices pointing to the origin with not too low
4125 P<subscript>t</subscript> the arms of the V's are straight.
4126 </para>
4127 </listitem>
4128 <listitem>
4129 <para>
4130 For helices not pointing to the origin the arms of the V's
4131 are curved:
4132 <itemizedlist>
4133 <listitem>
4134 <para>
4135 with the same sign of curvature for tracks separated from
4136 the origin in z,
4137 </para>
4138 </listitem>
4139 <listitem>
4140 <para>
4141 with opposite sign of curvature for tracks separated in ρ.
4142 </para>
4143 </listitem>
4144 </itemizedlist>
4145 </para>
4146 </listitem>
4147 <listitem>
4148 <para>
4149 Positive tracks give V's pointing down.
4150 </para>
4151 </listitem>
4152 <listitem>
4153 <para>
4154 Negative tracks give V's pointing up.
4155 </para>
4156 </listitem>
4157 <listitem>
4158 <para>
4159 The gradient of the V arms is proportional to
4160 1/P<subscript>t</subscript>:
4161 <itemizedlist>
4162 <listitem>
4163 <para>
4164 high P<subscript>t</subscript> tracks give V's with large opening angle,
4165 </para>
4166 </listitem>
4167 <listitem>
4168 <para>
4169 low P<subscript>t</subscript> tracks give V's with
4170 small opening angle.
4171 </para>
4172 </listitem>
4173 </itemizedlist>
4174 </para>
4175 </listitem>
4176 </itemizedlist>
4177 </para>
4178
4179 <para>
4180 <emphasis>View's</emphasis>
4181 </para>
4182
4183 <para>
4184 In the standard view the energy deposits in the calorimeters are represented
4185 by boxes with the area of the box proportional to the energy deposited.
4186 All samplings and all calorimeters are drawn superimposed. Furthermore,
4187 all energies are given a color according to which of six predefined energy
4188 ranges they belong. The cells belonging to each energy range are drawn
4189 sequentally with the most energetic range being drawn first.
4190 This provides a view of the jet structure of the event where energetic
4191 isolated particles may be distinguished from jets. Tracks and S3D hits
4192 may be drawn superimposed on the calorimeters with the apex of the V
4193 corresponding to the exit of the track from the S3D detectors.
4194 </para>
4195
4196 <para>
4197 In the S3D and TRT views the apex of the V corresponds to the exit of
4198 the track from the S3D and TRT detectors, respectively.
4199 </para>
4200
4201 <para>
4202 In the other views the calorimeters data corresponding to a single sampling
4203 are drawn according to their actual cell structure and the tracks which are
4204 superimposed are drawn with the apex of the V corresponding to the
4205 intersection of the track with the selected sampling of the calorimeters.
4206 </para>
4207
4208 <para>
4209 <emphasis>Selecting data from a single jet</emphasis>
4210 </para>
4211
4212 <para>
4213 Data corresponding to a single jet or isolated particle may be selected
4214 using the special rubberband options (see
4215 <xref endterm="InteractionControl.title" linkend="InteractionControl"></xref>)
4216 available in the φ/η projection.
4217 </para>
4218
4219 <para>
4220 <emphasis>Data selection</emphasis>
4221 </para>
4222
4223 <para>
4224 For convenience the data to be viewed in the V-plot (S3D, STr, RTr and SNP)
4225 may be selected directly in the φ/η projection.
4226 </para>
4227
4228 <para>
4229 <emphasis>Options</emphasis>
4230 </para>
4231
4232 <para>
4233 By default all η values used in this projection are calculated taking
4234 into account the z offset of the primary vertex (ZVtx).
4235 However, if η vertex is deselected η will be calculated from z=0.
4236 </para>
4237
4238 <para>
4239 The apex of a V may be drawn to a cylinder smaller than the default
4240 associated with a view by setting the ρMax and zMax parameters.
4241 </para>
4242
4243 <para>
4244 When tracks are being shown without the corresponding S3D hits, it may
4245 be useful to draw only the outermost portion of the V as determined by
4246 the Short V parameter.
4247 </para>
4248
4249 <para>
4250 The VPlot Island parameter is used to set the color of the island drawn
4251 to allow easier comparison of the relative locations of the hit cells
4252 from different samplings which are being displayed in different windows.
4253 </para>
4254
4255 <para>
4256 The Draw Apex parameter is used to draw an additional symbol at the apex
4257 of the V. This is useful for high momentum tracks where it may otherwise
4258 be difficult to distinguish the exact location of the apex.
4259 </para>
4260
4261 <para>
4262 In the V-plot where the S3D hits are normally nearby it is useful to have
4263 them represented by a symbol of a smaller size than in the other projections.
4264 This difference in symbol size is determined by the S3D Δ
4265 Size parameter.
4266 </para>
4267
4268 </sect1>
4269
4270 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
4271 <sect1 id="EG">
4272 <title id="EG.title">5.3 φ/λ Projection</title>
4273
4274 <para>
4275 To be filled!
4276 </para>
4277
4278 </sect1>
4279
4280 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
4281 <sect1 id="RZ">
4282 <title id="RZ.title">5.4 ρ/Z Projection</title>
4283
4284 <para>
4285 The ρ/Z projection may be used to view 3D tracks and hits and to
4286 associate them to data in the calorimeters. It may also be used to provide
4287 a rough association of tracks to the MDT, RPC z-strips and TGC ρ-strips
4288 data from all sectors superimposed. To make this possible the muon data
4289 are not drawn at ρ but rather at ρ' determined by projecting ρ
4290 onto the φ-axis of the corresponding sector.
4291 </para>
4292
4293 <para>
4294 Although not a linear projection, the ρ/Z projection is intuitively
4295 understandable. Circles (projections of helices) which pass through the
4296 origin are recognised as approximately straight lines:
4297 </para>
4298
4299 <para>
4300 ρ ≈
4301 (P<subscript>t</subscript>/P<subscript>z</subscript>)×(-Z<subscript>vertex</subscript>)
4302 </para>
4303
4304 <para>
4305 The picture of the detector is the same as if a cut through the beam axis
4306 would have been applied. For a point with coordinates ρ and φ,
4307 this is achieved by defining:
4308 </para>
4309
4310 <para>
4311 ρ = +√(X<superscript>2</superscript>+Y<superscript>2</superscript>)
4312 if
4313 φ<subscript>ρZ</subscript>-90°
4314 < φ <
4315 φ<subscript>ρZ</subscript>+90°
4316 </para>
4317
4318 <para>
4319 and
4320 </para>
4321
4322 <para>
4323 ρ = -√(X<superscript>2</superscript>+Y<superscript>2</superscript>)
4324 otherwise.
4325 </para>
4326
4327 <para>
4328 Due to the cylindrical structure of ATLAS, the ρ/Z projection is the
4329 only one, where all main detector units may be displayed without overlapping.
4330 The different radial sub-elements of the muon detectors do overlap,
4331 but may be shown separately in the X'/Z projection
4332 (see <xref endterm="XZ.title" linkend="XZ"></xref>).
4333 </para>
4334
4335 <para>
4336 In the Y/X (see <xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>),
4337 φ/ρ (see <xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>)
4338 and φ/Z (see <xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>)
4339 projections tracks are seen from the side of maximum curvature.
4340 In the ρ/Z projection (see <xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>)
4341 they are seen from the "orthogonal" side, i.e. the side of minimum
4342 curvature. Therefore ρ/Z is said to be orthogonal to Y/X, φ/ρ
4343 and φ/Z.
4344 </para>
4345
4346 <para>
4347 In order to check in space if a track passes through a set of 3D hits,
4348 or if it points to a set of calorimeter hits, the hits and the track
4349 must be displayed in at least two 2-dimensional projections which are
4350 orthogonal to each other i.e. in ρ/Z and in one of the projections Y/X,
4351 φ/ρ or φ/Z.
4352 Instead of using a pair of projections the 3-dimensional
4353 V-plot (see <xref endterm="VP.title" linkend="VP"></xref>)
4354 is sufficient to check pattern recognition and track extrapolation.
4355 </para>
4356
4357 <para>
4358 Charge and momentum cannot be estimated in ρ/Z.
4359 </para>
4360
4361 <para>
4362 <emphasis>TRT</emphasis> data cannot be shown, unless very few TRT straws can
4363 be selected, which appear as lines, as neither Z in the barrel nor ρ in
4364 the endcap are known.
4365 </para>
4366
4367 <para>
4368 The inner detectors may be enlarged without enlarging the outer ones by
4369 using the fisheye interaction
4370 (see <xref endterm="FishEye.title" linkend="FishEye"></xref>).
4371 </para>
4372
4373 <para>
4374 The angle <emphasis>φ<subscript>
4375 ρZ</subscript></emphasis> may be
4376 modified in any φ defining projection while simultaneously being viewed
4377 in the ρ/Z projection as described in the Synchro Cursors interaction
4378 (see <xref endterm="SynchroCursors.title" linkend="SynchroCursors"></xref>).
4379 </para>
4380
4381 <para>
4382 <emphasis>The ρ/Z Projection Menu
4383 (see <xref endterm="ProjectionMenu.title" linkend="ProjectionMenu"></xref>)</emphasis>
4384
4385 <itemizedlist>
4386 <listitem>
4387 <para>
4388 <emphasis>Aspect Ratio 1</emphasis>
4389 - Sets the aspect ratio (width/height) of the picture to 1.
4390 The operation ensures that the original picture which was
4391 in the window does not go outside the window.
4392 </para>
4393 </listitem>
4394 </itemizedlist>
4395 </para>
4396
4397 </sect1>
4398
4399 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
4400 <sect1 id="FR">
4401 <title id="FR.title">5.5 φ/ρ Projection</title>
4402
4403 <para>
4404 The φ/ρ projection may be regarded as a modified
4405 Y/X projection (see <xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>).
4406 The same data are displayed in both. This projection may be used to view
4407 3D tracks and hits and to associate them to data in the TRT, LAr and TILE
4408 barrels, and to the RPC φ-strips.
4409 </para>
4410
4411 <para>
4412 The φ/ρ projection is not intuitively understandable, but allows to
4413 get a better angular separation of data from the innermost detectors.
4414 It has a singularity at ρ=0, so that the primary vertex cannot be
4415 displayed. Circles (projections of helices) which pass through the origin,
4416 transform into approximately straight lines, with a gradient inversely
4417 proportional to P<subscript>t</subscript>:
4418 </para>
4419
4420 <para>
4421 ρ ∝ P<subscript>t</subscript> ×
4422 sin(φ-φ<subscript>0</subscript>) ≈
4423 P<subscript>t</subscript> × (φ-φ<subscript>0</subscript>)
4424 </para>
4425
4426 <para>
4427 where the constant of proportionality depends on the strength of the
4428 solenoidal magnetic field. For large path lengths, φ will increase
4429 (decrease) with increasing path length for negatively (positively) charged
4430 tracks. Tracks not pointing exactly to the origin
4431 (d<subscript>0</subscript>≠0)
4432 show a distinct non linearity when approaching ρ=0. Low momentum tracks
4433 curve far from the origin, due to the approximation in the above formula.
4434 </para>
4435
4436 <para>
4437 Checking of pattern recognition is easier in the φ/ρ projection,
4438 where helices are approximately straight lines, than in the
4439 Y/X projection (see <xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>).
4440 In particular a Y-Skew rubber-band can be used to optimally select the
4441 region around a track for closer inspection. This would correspond to a -
4442 non-existent - curved rubber-band pattern in the Y/X projection.
4443 </para>
4444
4445 <para>
4446 If the standard view is selected, data from the calorimeter endcaps and the
4447 muon endcaps are not displayed, in order not to complicate the picture, as
4448 they may fall on top of data from the tracking chambers or data from the
4449 calorimeter barrel.
4450 </para>
4451
4452 <para>
4453 Alternatively, the view parameter may be used to select a single layer of
4454 the muon endcap detectors
4455 (see <xref endterm="YXEndCap.title" linkend="YXEndCap"></xref>).
4456 In this case, the TGC Gas Gap parameter may be used to further select
4457 data from only a given sublayer of the detector. The view parameter may also
4458 be used to select layers from the FCAL, LAr and HEC Endcaps and MBTS, it
4459 can also display the summed LAr and HEC Endcaps.
4460 </para>
4461
4462 <para>
4463 The φ/ρ projection is special in that it allows both the
4464 particle's charge and P<subscript>t</subscript> to be estimated from the
4465 track slope.
4466 </para>
4467
4468 <para>
4469 The projection orthogonal to φ/ρ is the ρ/Z projection
4470 (see <xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>).
4471 </para>
4472
4473 </sect1>
4474
4475 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
4476 <sect1 id="FZ">
4477 <title id="FZ.title">5.6 φ/Z Projection</title>
4478
4479 <para>
4480 The φ/Z projection may be used to view 3D tracks and hits and to
4481 associate them to data in the TRT endcaps, the LAr endcaps, the HEC and to
4482 the TGC φ-strips. Indeed it is the only projection in which the TRT
4483 endcap straws may be viewed.
4484 </para>
4485
4486 <para>
4487 It is not intuitively understandable, but allows to get a good angular
4488 separation of data from the innermost detectors. Circles (projections of
4489 helices) which pass through the origin, transform into straight lines,
4490 with a gradient inversely proportional to P<subscript>z</subscript>:
4491 </para>
4492
4493 <para>
4494 z-z<subscript>v</subscript> ∝
4495 P<subscript>z</subscript> × (φ-φ<subscript>0</subscript>)
4496 </para>
4497
4498 <para>
4499 where the constant of proportionality depends on the strength of the
4500 solenoidal magnetic field. For large path lengths, φ will increase
4501 (decrease) with increasing path length for negatively (positively) charged
4502 tracks.
4503 </para>
4504
4505 <para>
4506 Checking of pattern recognition is easier in the φ/Z projection than
4507 in the Y/X projection (see <xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>).
4508 In particular a Y-Skew rubber-band can be used to optimally select the region
4509 around a track for closer inspection. Ideal helices passing through the
4510 origin appear as a sequence of parallel lines, one for each turn. Even
4511 helices with slowly changing radius can be identified as such. For simulated
4512 and reconstructed tracks only the first half turn of the helix is drawn.
4513 </para>
4514
4515 <para>
4516 If the standard view is selected, data from the calorimeter barrel are not
4517 displayed (in order not to complicate the picture) as they fall on top of
4518 data either from the tracking chambers or from the calorimeter endcaps.
4519 </para>
4520
4521 <para>
4522 Alternatively, the view parameter may be used to select a single layer of the
4523 muon barrel detectors. In the case of RPC layers, the RPC Gas Gap parameter
4524 may be used to further select data from only a given sublayer of the detector.
4525 </para>
4526
4527 <para>
4528 The projection orthogonal to φ/Z is the ρ/Z projection
4529 (see <xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>).
4530 </para>
4531
4532 </sect1>
4533
4534 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
4535 <sect1 id="XZ">
4536 <title id="XZ.title">5.7 X'/Z Projection</title>
4537
4538 <para>
4539 If one views an event perpendicular to the beam axis, some tracks are
4540 curved and some are straight, depending on the azimuthal angle
4541 <emphasis>φ<subscript>
4542 VIEW</subscript></emphasis> of the viewing
4543 direction.
4544 Such a projection is of use only if a sufficiently narrow jet is selected,
4545 which may even consist of a single track. In this case a jet based Cartesian
4546 coordinate system is optimal, which depends on the direction of the jet axis:
4547
4548 <itemizedlist>
4549 <listitem>
4550 <para>
4551 Y' = perpendicular to the beam axis and the jet axis,
4552 </para>
4553 </listitem>
4554 <listitem>
4555 <para>
4556 X' = perpendicular to the Z and Y' axis, i.e. it lies in the
4557 plane containing the beam axis and the jet axis,
4558 </para>
4559 </listitem>
4560 <listitem>
4561 <para>
4562 Z = beam-axis.
4563 </para>
4564 </listitem>
4565 </itemizedlist>
4566 </para>
4567
4568 <para>
4569 In the X'/Z projection a single track has minimum curvature and maximum
4570 angle to the Z axis. It lies in the display screen. The track is seen
4571 from the orthogonal side as compared to the Y/X projection
4572 (see <xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>).
4573 The jet image is similar to the one in the ρ/Z projection
4574 (see <xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>),
4575 which is however not limited to single jets. This projection provides a
4576 second intuitively understandable view of the region around the primary
4577 vertex orthogonal to that of the Y'/Z projection
4578 (see <xref endterm="YZ.title" linkend="YZ"></xref>). The momentum
4579 of tracks may not be estimated form their curvature in this projection.
4580 </para>
4581
4582 <para>
4583 Due to the maximum angle between jet and Z axis in the X'/Z projection the
4584 sub detector sectors lying in the jet direction can be displayed for the
4585 barrel and the endcap. This is specially interesting for the MDT tubes.
4586 If only one <emphasis>MDT sector</emphasis> is displayed and the viewing
4587 direction is perpendicular to the sector angle, the MDT tubes can be
4588 represented as small circles.
4589 </para>
4590
4591 <para>
4592 <emphasis>The X'/Z Projection Menu
4593 (see <xref endterm="ProjectionMenu.title" linkend="ProjectionMenu"></xref>)</emphasis>
4594
4595 <itemizedlist>
4596 <listitem>
4597 <para>
4598 <emphasis>Aspect Ratio 1</emphasis>
4599 - Sets the aspect ratio (width/height) of the picture to 1.
4600 The operation ensures that the original picture which was in
4601 the window does not go outside the window.
4602 </para>
4603 </listitem>
4604 </itemizedlist>
4605 </para>
4606
4607 </sect1>
4608
4609 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
4610 <sect1 id="YZ">
4611 <title id="YZ.title">5.8 Y'/Z Projection</title>
4612
4613 <para>
4614 If one views an event perpendicular to the beam axis, some tracks are
4615 curved and some are straight, depending on the azimuthal angle
4616 <emphasis>φ<subscript>
4617 VIEW</subscript></emphasis> of the viewing
4618 direction. Such a projection
4619 is of use only if a sufficiently narrow jet is selected, which may even
4620 consist of a single track. In this case a jet based Cartesian coordinate
4621 system is optimal, which depends on the direction of the jet axis:
4622
4623 <itemizedlist>
4624 <listitem>
4625 <para>
4626 Y' = perpendicular to the beam axis and the jet axis,
4627 </para>
4628 </listitem>
4629 <listitem>
4630 <para>
4631 X' = perpendicular to the Z and Y' axis, i.e. it lies in the
4632 plane containing the beam axis and the jet axis,
4633 </para>
4634 </listitem>
4635 <listitem>
4636 <para>
4637 Z = beam axis.
4638 </para>
4639 </listitem>
4640 </itemizedlist>
4641 </para>
4642
4643 <para>
4644 In the Y'/Z projection a single track has maximal curvature and minimum
4645 angle to the Z axis. Seen with stereo it would leave the plane towards
4646 the observer or opposite. The track is seen from the same side as in the
4647 Y/X projection
4648 (see <xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>) only rotated
4649 around the Y' axis. This projection provides a second intuitively
4650 understandable view of the region around the primary vertex orthogonal
4651 to that of the X'/Z projection
4652 (see <xref endterm="XZ.title" linkend="XZ"></xref>).
4653 The momentum of tracks may not be estimated form their curvature
4654 in this projection.
4655 </para>
4656
4657 <para>
4658 The calorimeters and the muon chamber barrels cannot be displayed as they
4659 would overlap the inner tracking detectors. The endcaps can be drawn.
4660 </para>
4661
4662 <para>
4663 An alternative to Y'/Z is the expert φ/Z projection
4664 (see <xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>),
4665 which is not limited to single jets.
4666 </para>
4667
4668 <para>
4669 <emphasis>The Y'/Z Projection Menu (see
4670 <xref endterm="ProjectionMenu.title" linkend="ProjectionMenu"></xref>)</emphasis>
4671
4672 <itemizedlist>
4673 <listitem>
4674 <para>
4675 <emphasis>Aspect Ratio 1</emphasis>
4676 - Sets the aspect ratio (width/height) of the picture to 1.
4677 The operation ensures that the original picture which was
4678 in the window does not go outside the window.
4679 </para>
4680 </listitem>
4681 </itemizedlist>
4682 </para>
4683
4684 </sect1>
4685
4686 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
4687 <sect1 id="3D">
4688 <title id="3D.title">5.9 3D Projection</title>
4689
4690 <para>
4691 The 3D projection is a linear projection of the data such that a given axis
4692 is transformed into a straight horizontal line through the center of the
4693 window. It allows the user to perform rotations about an arbitrary axis in
4694 space. The unit vector of this axis is defined by <emphasis>(xAxis, yAxis,
4695 zAxis)</emphasis>. The center of rotation is taken to be the reconstructed
4696 primary vertex of the event.
4697 </para>
4698
4699 <para>
4700 Rotations about the selected axis by an angle φ are performed by
4701 dragging with the <emphasis>R</emphasis> modifier key pressed down in the
4702 ZMR interaction (see <xref endterm="ZMR.title" linkend="ZMR"></xref>).
4703 </para>
4704
4705 <para>
4706 The axis of rotation will by default be set to the line joining the
4707 primary vertex to the last secondary vertex to be reconstructed.
4708 </para>
4709
4710 </sect1>
4711
4712 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
4713 <sect1 id="3DBox">
4714 <title id="3DBox.title">5.10 3DBox Projection</title>
4715
4716 <para>
4717 The 3DBox projection allows the user to investigate a small 3D region
4718 around a newly formed secondary vertex.
4719 Every time a new secondary vertex is formed from a list
4720 (see <xref endterm="Lists.title" linkend="Lists"></xref>), the direction of
4721 flight of the incoming particle is calculated as the vector joining the
4722 primary vertex to the reconstructed vertex. A 3D box of default size
4723 2 mm x 2 mm x 4 cm is formed around this axis. The box has three vertically
4724 oriented planes and transparent front and top faces. The left hand plane
4725 contains the primary vertex, which is represented by the red point.
4726 The axis of the direction of flight of the decaying particle lies
4727 horizontally on the screen. The middle and right hand plane are at decay
4728 distances of 2 cm and 4 cm, respectively. Tracks fully contained withing
4729 the box are represented as straight lines and their intersections with
4730 the three planes are shown as ellipses representing the correlated impact
4731 parameter errors of the track. The dashed sections of tracks correspond
4732 to regions where they pass behind behind a plane.
4733 </para>
4734
4735 <para>
4736 The user may interact with the region shown in the box via the 3DBox
4737 interaction. When the 3D box interaction is selected the size of the box
4738 may be adjusted in a manner analogous to the zooming performed in the
4739 ZMR (see <xref endterm="ZMR.title" linkend="ZMR"></xref>) interaction.
4740 </para>
4741
4742 <para>
4743 There are two operations which may be performed:
4744
4745 <itemizedlist>
4746 <listitem>
4747 <para>
4748 <emphasis>Changing the volume contained by the box</emphasis>
4749 </para>
4750 <para>
4751 The volume contained by the box is changed by dragging any point of the
4752 picture towards or away from the central point represented by a small
4753 <emphasis>red circle</emphasis> superimposed on the picture.
4754 Dragging towards the central
4755 point will increase the volume of the box. Dragging away from the central
4756 point will decrease the volume of the box. The length of the box may be
4757 changed independently of the width by holding down the <emphasis>H</emphasis>
4758 key of the
4759 keyboard. The width of the box may be changed independently of the length
4760 by holding down the <emphasis>V</emphasis> key of the keyboard.
4761 </para>
4762 </listitem>
4763 <listitem>
4764 <para>
4765 <emphasis>Rotation</emphasis>
4766 </para>
4767 <para>
4768 In order to obtain a rotation of the tracks around the horizontal axis
4769 corresponding to the direction of flight of the decaying particle you
4770 drag any point on the picture while keeping the <emphasis>R</emphasis>
4771 key of your keyboard pressed.
4772 </para>
4773 </listitem>
4774 </itemizedlist>
4775 </para>
4776
4777 <para>
4778 <emphasis>The 3D Box Pop-up Menu</emphasis>
4779 </para>
4780
4781 <para>
4782 The 3DBox Pop-up Menu can be accessed by right-clicking into the desired
4783 canvas pad while keeping the <emphasis>R</emphasis> key of your keyboard
4784 pressed.
4785 It contains the following set of utility operations:
4786
4787 <itemizedlist>
4788 <listitem>
4789 <para>
4790 <emphasis>Default box Volume</emphasis>
4791 - reset the volume of the box to correspond to the default values.
4792 </para>
4793 </listitem>
4794 </itemizedlist>
4795 </para>
4796
4797 <para>
4798 <emphasis>Modifier Key Summary</emphasis>
4799
4800 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
4801 <title>Modifier key summary</title>
4802 <tgroup cols="2">
4803 <colspec colnum="1" colname="colone" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
4804 <colspec colnum="2" colname="coltwo" colwidth="350" align="left"></colspec>
4805 <thead>
4806 <row rowsep="1">
4807 <entry>Modifier Key</entry>
4808 <entry>Action</entry>
4809 </row>
4810 </thead>
4811 <tbody>
4812 <row rowsep="1">
4813 <entry><emphasis>left-press</emphasis> only</entry>
4814 <entry><emphasis>Change</emphasis> the volume of the box</entry>
4815 </row>
4816 <row rowsep="1">
4817 <entry><emphasis>Z</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-press</emphasis></entry>
4818 <entry><emphasis>Change</emphasis> the volume of the box</entry>
4819 </row>
4820 <row rowsep="1">
4821 <entry><emphasis>H</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-press</emphasis></entry>
4822 <entry><emphasis>Change</emphasis> the length of the box</entry>
4823 </row>
4824 <row rowsep="1">
4825 <entry><emphasis>V</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-press</emphasis></entry>
4826 <entry><emphasis>Change</emphasis> the width of the box</entry>
4827 </row>
4828 <row rowsep="1">
4829 <entry><emphasis>R</emphasis> + <emphasis>left-press</emphasis></entry>
4830 <entry><emphasis>Rotate</emphasis> the tracks around the direction of
4831 flight of the decaying particle
4832 </entry>
4833 </row>
4834 </tbody>
4835 </tgroup>
4836 </table>
4837 </para>
4838
4839 </sect1>
4840
4841 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
4842 <sect1 id="LegoPlot">
4843 <title id="LegoPlot.title">5.11 Lego Plot</title>
4844
4845 <para>
4846 The lego plot shows stacks of energy seen in the calorimeter towers.
4847 The stacks are positioned on the surface spanned by η (in radians) and
4848 φ (in degrees).
4849 </para>
4850
4851 <para>
4852 <emphasis>Parameters</emphasis>
4853
4854 <itemizedlist>
4855 <listitem>
4856 <para><emphasis>View</emphasis></para>
4857 <para>Select the data type, choice between:
4858 <itemizedlist>
4859 <listitem>
4860 <para><emphasis>Calo</emphasis> (default)</para>
4861 </listitem>
4862 <listitem>
4863 <para><emphasis>LVL1TriggerTower</emphasis></para>
4864 </listitem>
4865 <listitem>
4866 <para><emphasis>LVL1JetElement</emphasis></para>
4867 </listitem>
4868 </itemizedlist>
4869 </para>
4870 </listitem>
4871 <listitem>
4872 <para><emphasis>ET Axis Height</emphasis></para>
4873 <para>Set the maximum height of the ET axis in GeV.</para>
4874 <para>0 = auto sets height to height of tallest calo tower or if no calo
4875 information is present then the tallest AOD tower is used.</para>
4876 </listitem>
4877 <listitem>
4878 <para><emphasis>φ Cells</emphasis></para>
4879 <para>Set the number of bins in φ.</para>
4880 </listitem>
4881 <listitem>
4882 <para><emphasis>η Cells</emphasis></para>
4883 <para>Set the number of bins in η.</para>
4884 </listitem>
4885 <listitem>
4886 <para><emphasis>Lego Cut</emphasis></para>
4887 <para>Set the minimum energy for lego bars to be drawn.</para>
4888 </listitem>
4889 <listitem>
4890 <para><emphasis>Jet Circle Radius</emphasis></para>
4891 <para>Set the jet circle radius.</para>
4892 </listitem>
4893 <listitem>
4894 <para><emphasis>Scale</emphasis></para>
4895 <para>
4896 Set the scale type, choice between:
4897 <itemizedlist>
4898 <listitem>
4899 <para><emphasis>standard</emphasis> (default)</para>
4900 </listitem>
4901 <listitem>
4902 <para><emphasis>logarithmic</emphasis></para>
4903 </listitem>
4904 <listitem>
4905 <para><emphasis>square root</emphasis></para>
4906 </listitem>
4907 </itemizedlist>
4908 </para>
4909 </listitem>
4910 <listitem>
4911 <para><emphasis>Reverse</emphasis></para>
4912 <para>Toggle to select reverse η or not.</para>
4913 </listitem>
4914 <listitem>
4915 <para><emphasis>Fill</emphasis></para>
4916 <para>Set the background fill color.</para>
4917 </listitem>
4918 <listitem>
4919 <para><emphasis>Draw Lego</emphasis></para>
4920 <para>Toggle to draw selected parts of lego plot or not.
4921 <itemizedlist>
4922 <listitem>
4923 <para><emphasis>Draw Legend</emphasis></para>
4924 <para>Toggle to draw selected parts of legend or not.
4925 <itemizedlist>
4926 <listitem>
4927 <para><emphasis>Main</emphasis></para>
4928 <para>Toggle to draw main legend or not.</para>
4929 </listitem>
4930 <listitem>
4931 <para><emphasis>L1 ET</emphasis></para>
4932 <para>Toggle to draw ET info or not.</para>
4933 </listitem>
4934 <listitem>
4935 <para><emphasis>Item list</emphasis></para>
4936 <para>Toggle to draw item list or not.</para>
4937 </listitem>
4938 </itemizedlist>
4939 </para>
4940 </listitem>
4941 <listitem>
4942 <para><emphasis>Draw Plot</emphasis></para>
4943 <para>Toggle to draw plot or not.</para>
4944 </listitem>
4945 </itemizedlist>
4946 </para>
4947 </listitem>
4948 </itemizedlist>
4949
4950 <para>
4951 <emphasis>The Lego Projection Menu (see
4952 <xref endterm="ProjectionMenu.title" linkend="ProjectionMenu"></xref>)</emphasis>
4953 <para>
4954 These options are to aid with selecting useful rotations which can also be
4955 achieved by using the rotation option in ZMR
4956 (<xref endterm="ZMR.title" linkend="ZMR"></xref>).
4957 </para>
4958 <itemizedlist>
4959 <listitem>
4960 <para>
4961 <emphasis>View normal</emphasis>
4962 - Sets the viewing angle to the default.
4963 </para>
4964 </listitem>
4965 <listitem>
4966 <para>
4967 <emphasis>View from above</emphasis>
4968 - Sets the viewing angle to view from above so reduces the Et axis size.
4969 </para>
4970 </listitem>
4971 <listitem>
4972 <para>
4973 <emphasis>View ET v η</emphasis>
4974 - Sets the viewing angle so that the plot is ET v η.
4975 </para>
4976 </listitem>
4977 <listitem>
4978 <para>
4979 <emphasis>View ET v φ</emphasis>
4980 - Sets the viewing angle so that the plot is ET v φ.
4981 </para>
4982 </listitem>
4983 </itemizedlist>
4984 </para>
4985 </para>
4986
4987 </sect1>
4988
4989 </chapter>
4990
4991 <!--=======================================================================-->
4992 <chapter id="DataMain">
4993 <title id="DataMain.title">Data</title>
4994
4995 <para>
4996 The <emphasis>data types</emphasis> that are available in Atlantis are listed
4997 in section Data Types
4998 (<xref endterm="DataTypes.title" linkend="DataTypes"></xref>).
4999 The graphical repesentation of data types in the different projections on
5000 the Canvas is listed in section Data Representation in Projections
5001 (<xref endterm="DataRep.title" linkend="DataRep"></xref>).
5002 </para>
5003
5004 <para>
5005 <emphasis>Control of data to be displayed</emphasis> on the Atlantis Canvas
5006 is done by making a selection of available data and by applying cuts to the
5007 selected data:
5008
5009 <itemizedlist>
5010 <listitem>
5011 <para>
5012 The <emphasis>selection of data</emphasis> is found via the
5013 <emphasis>Data</emphasis> tab of the parameter control
5014 (<xref endterm="ParametersControl.title" linkend="ParametersControl"></xref>)
5015 of the Control Window.
5016 See Data Selection (<xref endterm="Data.title" linkend="Data"></xref>) for a
5017 description of the various selections.
5018 Order of drawing, data representation by projection and commands are listed
5019 here.
5020 </para>
5021 </listitem>
5022 <listitem>
5023 <para>
5024 The <emphasis>cuts that can be applied</emphasis> are found
5025 via the <emphasis>Cuts</emphasis> tab of the parameter control
5026 (<xref endterm="ParametersControl.title" linkend="ParametersControl"></xref>)
5027 of the Control Window.
5028 See Cuts (<xref endterm="Cuts.title" linkend="Cuts"></xref>) for a
5029 description of the various cuts that can be applied.
5030 </para>
5031 </listitem>
5032 </itemizedlist>
5033
5034 <emphasis>Control of attributes of data types</emphasis> is described in
5035 <xref linkend="Detector"></xref>.
5036 </para>
5037
5038 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
5039 <sect1 id="DataTypes">
5040 <title id="DataTypes.title">6.1 Data Types</title>
5041
5042 <para>
5043 The table below contains a list of names and short descriptions of the
5044 data types available in Atlantis. The names are in alphabetical order.
5045
5046 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
5047 <title>Available data types</title>
5048 <tgroup cols="2">
5049 <colspec colnum="1" colname="colone" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
5050 <colspec colnum="2" colname="coltwo" colwidth="350" align="left"></colspec>
5051 <thead>
5052 <row rowsep="1">
5053 <entry>Data Type</entry>
5054 <entry>Description</entry>
5055 </row>
5056 </thead>
5057 <tbody>
5058 <row rowsep="1">
5059 <entry><emphasis>BJet</emphasis></entry>
5060 <entry>(AOD) B-tagged Jet</entry>
5061 </row>
5062 <row rowsep="1">
5063 <entry><emphasis>CSC</emphasis></entry>
5064 <entry>(MuonDet) Cathode Strip Chambers </entry>
5065 </row>
5066 <row rowsep="1">
5067 <entry><emphasis>Electron</emphasis></entry>
5068 <entry>(AOD) Electron</entry>
5069 </row>
5070 <row rowsep="1">
5071 <entry><emphasis>EmTauROI</emphasis></entry>
5072 <entry>(Calo) Electromagnetic/Tau Region of Interest</entry>
5073 </row>
5074 <row rowsep="1">
5075 <entry><emphasis>ETMis Collections</emphasis></entry>
5076 <entry>(ATLAS) Missing ET Collections</entry>
5077 </row>
5078 <row rowsep="1">
5079 <entry><emphasis>FCAL</emphasis></entry>
5080 <entry>(Calo) Forward Calorimeter</entry>
5081 </row>
5082 <row rowsep="1">
5083 <entry><emphasis>HEC</emphasis></entry>
5084 <entry>(Calo) Hadronic End Cap</entry>
5085 </row>
5086 <row rowsep="1">
5087 <entry><emphasis>Jet</emphasis></entry>
5088 <entry>(ATLAS) ESD Jet</entry>
5089 </row>
5090 <row rowsep="1">
5091 <entry><emphasis>JetROI</emphasis></entry>
5092 <entry>(Calo) Jet Region of Interest</entry>
5093 </row>
5094 <row rowsep="1">
5095 <entry><emphasis>LAr</emphasis></entry>
5096 <entry>(Calo) Liquid Argon Calorimeter</entry>
5097 </row>
5098 <row rowsep="1">
5099 <entry><emphasis>MDT</emphasis></entry>
5100 <entry>(MuonDet) Monitored Drift Tube Chambers</entry>
5101 </row>
5102 <row rowsep="1">
5103 <entry><emphasis>MSeg</emphasis></entry>
5104 <entry>(MuonDet) Segments of Muon Tracks</entry>
5105 </row>
5106 <row rowsep="1">
5107 <entry><emphasis>Muon</emphasis></entry>
5108 <entry>(AOD) Muon</entry>
5109 </row>
5110 <row rowsep="1">
5111 <entry><emphasis>Photon</emphasis></entry>
5112 <entry>(AOD) Photon</entry>
5113 </row>
5114 <row rowsep="1">
5115 <entry><emphasis>RecVertex</emphasis></entry>
5116 <entry>(InDet) Reconstructed Vertices</entry>
5117 </row>
5118 <row rowsep="1">
5119 <entry><emphasis>RMTr</emphasis></entry>
5120 <entry>(MuonDet) Reconstructed Muon Tracks</entry>
5121 </row>
5122 <row rowsep="1">
5123 <entry><emphasis>RPC</emphasis></entry>
5124 <entry>(MuonDet) Resistive Plate Chamber</entry>
5125 </row>
5126 <row rowsep="1">
5127 <entry><emphasis>SiCluster</emphasis></entry>
5128 <entry>(InDet) Silicon Cluster</entry>
5129 </row>
5130 <row rowsep="1">
5131 <entry><emphasis>SiHit</emphasis></entry>
5132 <entry>(InDet) Geant Silicon Hits</entry>
5133 </row>
5134 <row rowsep="1">
5135 <entry><emphasis>SimVertex</emphasis></entry>
5136 <entry>(InDet) Simulated Vertices (Truth Vertex)</entry>
5137 </row>
5138 <row rowsep="1">
5139 <entry><emphasis>SMTr</emphasis></entry>
5140 <entry>(MuonDet) Simulated Muon Tracks</entry>
5141 </row>
5142 <row rowsep="1">
5143 <entry><emphasis>SpacePoint</emphasis></entry>
5144 <entry>(InDet) Silicon 3D Space Points</entry>
5145 </row>
5146 <row rowsep="1">
5147 <entry><emphasis>SNP</emphasis></entry>
5148 <entry>(Calo) Simulated Neutral Particles in Calorimeter (Neutral Truth)</entry>
5149 </row>
5150 <row rowsep="1">
5151 <entry><emphasis>STr</emphasis></entry>
5152 <entry>(InDet) Simulated Tracks (Charged Truth)</entry>
5153 </row>
5154 <row rowsep="1">
5155 <entry><emphasis>TauJet</emphasis></entry>
5156 <entry>(AOD) Tau</entry>
5157 </row>
5158 <row rowsep="1">
5159 <entry><emphasis>TGC</emphasis></entry>
5160 <entry>(MuonDet) Thin Gap Chambers</entry>
5161 </row>
5162 <row rowsep="1">
5163 <entry><emphasis>TILE</emphasis></entry>
5164 <entry>(Calo) Tile Calorimeter</entry>
5165 </row>
5166 <row rowsep="1">
5167 <entry><emphasis>Track Collections</emphasis></entry>
5168 <entry>(InDet) Reconstructed Track Collections</entry>
5169 </row>
5170 <row rowsep="1">
5171 <entry><emphasis>TrigSiSpacePoint</emphasis></entry>
5172 <entry>(InDet) Online Silicon 3D Space Points</entry>
5173 </row>
5174 <row rowsep="1">
5175 <entry><emphasis>TRT_DriftCircle</emphasis></entry>
5176 <entry>(InDet) TRT_DriftCircle Hits</entry>
5177 </row>
5178 </tbody>
5179 </tgroup>
5180 </table>
5181 </para>
5182
5183 </sect1>
5184
5185 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
5186 <sect1 id="DataRep">
5187 <title id="DataRep.title">6.2 Data Representation in Projections</title>
5188
5189 <para>
5190 The following table shows if and how data are displayed in the
5191 different projections.
5192
5193 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
5194 <title>Display of data in different projections</title>
5195 <tgroup cols="7">
5196 <colspec colnum="1" colname="colone" colwidth="70" align="left"></colspec>
5197 <colspec colnum="2" colname="coltwo" colwidth="50" align="left"></colspec>
5198 <colspec colnum="3" colname="colthree" colwidth="50" align="left"></colspec>
5199 <colspec colnum="4" colname="colfour" colwidth="50" align="left"></colspec>
5200 <colspec colnum="5" colname="colfive" colwidth="50" align="left"></colspec>
5201 <colspec colnum="6" colname="colsix" colwidth="50" align="left"></colspec>
5202 <colspec colnum="7" colname="colseven" colwidth="50" align="left"></colspec>
5203 <thead>
5204 <row rowsep="1">
5205 <entry>Data</entry>
5206 <entry>ρ/Z (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>)</entry>
5207 <entry>Y/X (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>)</entry>
5208 <entry>φ/ρ (<xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>)</entry>
5209 <entry>φ/Z (<xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>)</entry>
5210 <entry>φ/η (<xref endterm="VP.title" linkend="VP"></xref>)</entry>
5211 <entry>X'/Z (<xref endterm="XZ.title" linkend="XZ"></xref>)</entry>
5212 </row>
5213 </thead>
5214 <tbody>
5215 <row rowsep="1">
5216 <entry>BJet</entry>
5217 <entry> </entry>
5218 <entry> </entry>
5219 <entry> </entry>
5220 <entry> </entry>
5221 <entry>Circle</entry>
5222 <entry> </entry>
5223 </row>
5224 <row rowsep="1">
5225 <entry>Electron</entry>
5226 <entry></entry>
5227 <entry></entry>
5228 <entry></entry>
5229 <entry></entry>
5230 <entry>Circle</entry>
5231 <entry></entry>
5232 </row>
5233 <row rowsep="1">
5234 <entry>FCAL</entry>
5235 <entry></entry>
5236 <entry></entry>
5237 <entry></entry>
5238 <entry></entry>
5239 <entry>Square/cell</entry>
5240 <entry></entry>
5241 </row>
5242 <row rowsep="1">
5243 <entry>HEC</entry>
5244 <entry>Cell</entry>
5245 <entry></entry>
5246 <entry></entry>
5247 <entry>Cell</entry>
5248 <entry>Square/cell</entry>
5249 <entry></entry>
5250 </row>
5251 <row rowsep="1">
5252 <entry>LAr</entry>
5253 <entry>Cell</entry>
5254 <entry>Cell</entry>
5255 <entry>Cell</entry>
5256 <entry>Cell</entry>
5257 <entry>Square/cell</entry>
5258 <entry></entry>
5259 </row>
5260 <row rowsep="1">
5261 <entry>MDT</entry>
5262 <entry>Circle</entry>
5263 <entry>Line</entry>
5264 <entry>Line</entry>
5265 <entry>Line</entry>
5266 <entry></entry>
5267 <entry></entry>
5268 </row>
5269 <row rowsep="1">
5270 <entry>Muon (AOD)</entry>
5271 <entry></entry>
5272 <entry></entry>
5273 <entry></entry>
5274 <entry></entry>
5275 <entry>Circle</entry>
5276 <entry></entry>
5277 </row>
5278 <row rowsep="1">
5279 <entry>Photon</entry>
5280 <entry></entry>
5281 <entry></entry>
5282 <entry></entry>
5283 <entry></entry>
5284 <entry>Circle</entry>
5285 <entry></entry>
5286 </row>
5287 <row rowsep="1">
5288 <entry>R3D</entry>
5289 <entry></entry>
5290 <entry></entry>
5291 <entry></entry>
5292 <entry>Box</entry>
5293 <entry>Box</entry>
5294 <entry></entry>
5295 </row>
5296 <row rowsep="1">
5297 <entry>RecVertex</entry>
5298 <entry>Point</entry>
5299 <entry>Ellipse</entry>
5300 <entry>Point</entry>
5301 <entry>Point</entry>
5302 <entry></entry>
5303 <entry>Ellipse</entry>
5304 </row>
5305 <row rowsep="1">
5306 <entry>RPC</entry>
5307 <entry>Box</entry>
5308 <entry>Box</entry>
5309 <entry>Box</entry>
5310 <entry>Box</entry>
5311 <entry></entry>
5312 <entry>Box</entry>
5313 </row>
5314 <row rowsep="1">
5315 <entry>SimVertex</entry>
5316 <entry>Point</entry>
5317 <entry>Point</entry>
5318 <entry>Point</entry>
5319 <entry>Point</entry>
5320 <entry></entry>
5321 <entry>Point</entry>
5322 </row>
5323 <row rowsep="1">
5324 <entry>SNP</entry>
5325 <entry>Line</entry>
5326 <entry>Line</entry>
5327 <entry>Line</entry>
5328 <entry>Line</entry>
5329 <entry>Point</entry>
5330 <entry>Line</entry>
5331 </row>
5332 <row rowsep="1">
5333 <entry>SpacePoint</entry>
5334 <entry>Point</entry>
5335 <entry>Point</entry>
5336 <entry>Point</entry>
5337 <entry>Point</entry>
5338 <entry>Points</entry>
5339 <entry>Point</entry>
5340 </row>
5341 <row rowsep="1">
5342 <entry>STr</entry>
5343 <entry>S.line</entry>
5344 <entry>Circle</entry>
5345 <entry>S.line</entry>
5346 <entry>S.line</entry>
5347 <entry>V</entry>
5348 <entry>Helix</entry>
5349 </row>
5350 <row rowsep="1">
5351 <entry>T3D</entry>
5352 <entry>Box</entry>
5353 <entry>Box</entry>
5354 <entry>Box</entry>
5355 <entry></entry>
5356 <entry>Box</entry>
5357 <entry>Box</entry>
5358 </row>
5359 <row rowsep="1">
5360 <entry>TauJet</entry>
5361 <entry></entry>
5362 <entry></entry>
5363 <entry></entry>
5364 <entry></entry>
5365 <entry>Circle</entry>
5366 <entry></entry>
5367 </row>
5368 <row rowsep="1">
5369 <entry>TGC</entry>
5370 <entry></entry>
5371 <entry>Box</entry>
5372 <entry>Box</entry>
5373 <entry>Box</entry>
5374 <entry></entry>
5375 <entry></entry>
5376 </row>
5377 <row rowsep="1">
5378 <entry>TILE</entry>
5379 <entry>Cell</entry>
5380 <entry>Cell</entry>
5381 <entry>Cell</entry>
5382 <entry></entry>
5383 <entry>Square/cell</entry>
5384 <entry></entry>
5385 </row>
5386 <row rowsep="1">
5387 <entry>Track</entry>
5388 <entry>S.line</entry>
5389 <entry>Circle</entry>
5390 <entry>S.line</entry>
5391 <entry>S.line</entry>
5392 <entry>V</entry>
5393 <entry>Helix</entry>
5394 </row>
5395 <row rowsep="1">
5396 <entry>TRT_DriftCircle barrel</entry>
5397 <entry>Line</entry>
5398 <entry>Line</entry>
5399 <entry>Line</entry>
5400 <entry></entry>
5401 <entry></entry>
5402 <entry></entry>
5403 </row>
5404 <row rowsep="1">
5405 <entry>TRT_DriftCircle endcap</entry>
5406 <entry>Line</entry>
5407 <entry></entry>
5408 <entry></entry>
5409 <entry>Line</entry>
5410 <entry></entry>
5411 <entry></entry></row>
5412 </tbody>
5413 </tgroup>
5414 </table>
5415 </para>
5416
5417 </sect1>
5418
5419 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
5420 <sect1 id="Data">
5421 <title id="Data.title">6.3 Data Selection</title>
5422
5423 <para>
5424 Selection of data is made available via the <emphasis>Data</emphasis> tab of
5425 the parameter control section in the Control Window.
5426 The various selection options are described below.
5427 The data types that are available in Atlantis are listed under
5428 Data Types (<xref endterm="DataTypes.title" linkend="DataTypes"></xref>).
5429 The graphical representation of data types in the available projections
5430 is listed under Data Representation in Projections
5431 (<xref endterm="DataRep.title" linkend="DataRep"></xref>).
5432 </para>
5433
5434 <para>
5435 <emphasis>Order</emphasis>
5436 </para>
5437
5438 <para>
5439 The order of drawing of simulated tracks (<emphasis>STr</emphasis>),
5440 reconstructed tracks (<emphasis>RTr</emphasis>) and hits
5441 (<emphasis>Hits</emphasis>) is set by selecting one of the following options:
5442
5443 <itemizedlist>
5444 <listitem>
5445 <para>
5446 <emphasis>STr RTr Hits</emphasis> (default)
5447 </para>
5448 </listitem>
5449 <listitem>
5450 <para>
5451 <emphasis>STr Hits RTr</emphasis>
5452 </para>
5453 </listitem>
5454 <listitem>
5455 <para>
5456 <emphasis>Rtr Hits STr</emphasis>
5457 </para>
5458 </listitem>
5459 </itemizedlist>
5460
5461 For the default option the simulated tracks are drawn first, then the
5462 reconstructed tracks (so with perfect reconstruction you will only see the
5463 reconstructed tracks) and finally the hits.
5464 </para>
5465
5466 <para>
5467 <emphasis>Assoc Hits To Track</emphasis>
5468
5469 The track type to which hits are assigned to:
5470
5471 <itemizedlist>
5472 <listitem>
5473 <para>
5474 <emphasis>xKalTrack</emphasis> (default)
5475 </para>
5476 </listitem>
5477 <listitem>
5478 <para>
5479 <emphasis>iPatTrack</emphasis>
5480 </para>
5481 </listitem>
5482 </itemizedlist>
5483 </para>
5484
5485 <para>
5486 <emphasis>SpacePoint Order</emphasis>
5487 </para>
5488
5489 <para>
5490 The order of drawing of spacepoints:
5491
5492 <itemizedlist>
5493 <listitem>
5494 <para>
5495 <emphasis>SpacePoint TrigSiSpacePoint</emphasis> (default)
5496 </para>
5497 </listitem>
5498 <listitem>
5499 <para>
5500 <emphasis>TrigSiSpacePoint SpacePoint</emphasis>
5501 </para>
5502 </listitem>
5503 </itemizedlist>
5504 </para>
5505
5506 <para>
5507 <emphasis>Status</emphasis>
5508 </para>
5509
5510 <para>
5511 Hierarchical lists to make data types active/inactive for drawing.
5512 </para>
5513
5514 <para>
5515 See <xref endterm="DataTypes.title" linkend="DataTypes"></xref>
5516 for a short description of the data types.
5517
5518 <itemizedlist>
5519 <listitem>
5520 <para>
5521 <emphasis>InDet</emphasis>
5522 <itemizedlist>
5523 <listitem>
5524 <para>
5525 <emphasis>Spacepoint</emphasis>
5526 </para>
5527 </listitem>
5528 <listitem>
5529 <para>
5530 <emphasis>TrigSiSpacePoint</emphasis>
5531 </para>
5532 </listitem>
5533 <listitem>
5534 <para>
5535 <emphasis>SiHit</emphasis>
5536 </para>
5537 </listitem>
5538 <listitem>
5539 <para>
5540 <emphasis>SiCluster</emphasis>
5541 </para>
5542 </listitem>
5543 <listitem>
5544 <para>
5545 <emphasis>TRT_DriftCircle</emphasis>
5546 </para>
5547 </listitem>
5548 <listitem>
5549 <para>
5550 <emphasis>STr</emphasis>
5551 </para>
5552 </listitem>
5553 <listitem>
5554 <para>
5555 <emphasis>Track Collections</emphasis>
5556 </para>
5557 </listitem>
5558 <listitem>
5559 <para>
5560 <emphasis>SimVertex</emphasis>
5561 </para>
5562 </listitem>
5563 <listitem>
5564 <para>
5565 <emphasis>RecVertex</emphasis>
5566 </para>
5567 </listitem>
5568 </itemizedlist>
5569 </para>
5570 </listitem>
5571 <listitem>
5572 <para>
5573 <emphasis>Calo</emphasis>
5574 <itemizedlist>
5575 <listitem>
5576 <para>
5577 <emphasis>LAr</emphasis>
5578 </para>
5579 </listitem>
5580 <listitem>
5581 <para>
5582 <emphasis>TILE</emphasis>
5583 </para>
5584 </listitem>
5585 <listitem>
5586 <para>
5587 <emphasis>HEC</emphasis>
5588 </para>
5589 </listitem>
5590 <listitem>
5591 <para>
5592 <emphasis>FCAL</emphasis>
5593 </para>
5594 </listitem>
5595 <listitem>
5596 <para>
5597 <emphasis>SNP</emphasis>
5598 </para>
5599 </listitem>
5600 <listitem>
5601 <para>
5602 <emphasis>EmTauROI</emphasis>
5603 </para>
5604 </listitem>
5605 <listitem>
5606 <para>
5607 <emphasis>JetROI</emphasis>
5608 </para>
5609 </listitem>
5610 </itemizedlist>
5611 </para>
5612 </listitem>
5613 <listitem>
5614 <para>
5615 <emphasis>MuonDet</emphasis>
5616 <itemizedlist>
5617 <listitem>
5618 <para>
5619 <emphasis>MDT</emphasis>
5620 </para>
5621 </listitem>
5622 <listitem>
5623 <para>
5624 <emphasis>CSC</emphasis>
5625 </para>
5626 </listitem>
5627 <listitem>
5628 <para>
5629 <emphasis>RPC</emphasis>
5630 </para>
5631 </listitem>
5632 <listitem>
5633 <para>
5634 <emphasis>TGC</emphasis>
5635 </para>
5636 </listitem>
5637 <listitem>
5638 <para>
5639 <emphasis>MSeg</emphasis>
5640 </para>
5641 </listitem>
5642 <listitem>
5643 <para>
5644 <emphasis>RMTr</emphasis>
5645 </para>
5646 </listitem>
5647 <listitem>
5648 <para>
5649 <emphasis>SMTr</emphasis>
5650 </para>
5651 </listitem>
5652 </itemizedlist>
5653 </para>
5654 </listitem>
5655 <listitem>
5656 <para>
5657 <emphasis>AOD</emphasis>
5658 <itemizedlist>
5659 <listitem>
5660 <para>
5661 <emphasis>BJet</emphasis>
5662 </para>
5663 </listitem>
5664 <listitem>
5665 <para>
5666 <emphasis>Electron</emphasis>
5667 </para>
5668 </listitem>
5669 <listitem>
5670 <para>
5671 <emphasis>Muon</emphasis>
5672 </para>
5673 </listitem>
5674 <listitem>
5675 <para>
5676 <emphasis>Photon</emphasis>
5677 </para>
5678 </listitem>
5679 <listitem>
5680 <para>
5681 <emphasis>TauJet</emphasis>
5682 </para>
5683 </listitem>
5684 </itemizedlist>
5685 </para>
5686 </listitem>
5687 <listitem>
5688 <para>
5689 <emphasis>ATLAS</emphasis>
5690 <itemizedlist>
5691 <listitem>
5692 <para>
5693 <emphasis>Jet</emphasis>
5694 </para>
5695 </listitem>
5696 <listitem>
5697 <para>
5698 <emphasis>ETMis Collections</emphasis>
5699 </para>
5700 </listitem>
5701 </itemizedlist>
5702 </para>
5703 </listitem>
5704 </itemizedlist>
5705 </para>
5706
5707 <para>
5708 <emphasis>Cuts</emphasis>
5709 </para>
5710
5711 <para>
5712 Finally, different cuts can be applied to the selected data. See
5713 <xref endterm="Cuts.title" linkend="Cuts"></xref>.
5714 </para>
5715
5716 </sect1>
5717
5718 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
5719 <sect1 id="Cuts">
5720 <title id="Cuts.title">6.4 Cuts</title>
5721
5722 <para>
5723 Cuts may be applied to select the data to be displayed.
5724 They are grouped (InDet
5725 (<xref endterm="CutsInDet.title" linkend="CutsInDet"></xref>), Calo
5726 (<xref endterm="CutsCalo.title" linkend="CutsCalo"></xref>), MuonDet
5727 (<xref endterm="CutsMuon.title" linkend="CutsMuon"></xref>), AOD
5728 (<xref endterm="CutsAOD.title" linkend="CutsAOD"></xref>) and
5729 ATLAS (<xref endterm="CutsATLAS.title" linkend="CutsATLAS"></xref>))
5730 and are accessible via the <emphasis>Cuts</emphasis> tab of the parameter
5731 control section in the Control Window.
5732 </para>
5733
5734 <para>
5735 Cuts can be made on tracks, track associations, hits, calorimeter cells,
5736 TRT straws, angular regions.
5737 </para>
5738
5739 <para>
5740 Each cut can be switched on or off by clicking on the small check-box on the
5741 left hand side.
5742 The value of each cut is displayed in the white field and is modified by
5743 changing the value in the field, followed by pressing the
5744 <emphasis>Enter</emphasis> key on the keyboard.
5745 </para>
5746
5747 <para>
5748 Cuts which act on real numbers may select values either < or >
5749 the cut value. The selection of < or > is
5750 toggled by clicking on them with the left mouse button.
5751 </para>
5752
5753 <para>
5754 For cuts applied to integer values a left-click causes a pull down menu to
5755 appear where you may select according to the C/JAVA syntax:
5756 =, != (not equal), <, <=, > or >=.
5757 </para>
5758
5759 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
5760 <sect2 id="CutsInDet">
5761 <title id="CutsInDet.title">6.4.1 Cuts for Inner Detector (InDet)</title>
5762
5763 <para>
5764 Most cuts are applied to tracks.
5765 </para>
5766
5767 <para>
5768 If the track association of hits or calorimeter cells is known, they may be
5769 selected according to the tracks - with their cuts - they are associated to.
5770 See <emphasis>Hits By STr</emphasis> and <emphasis>Hits By Track</emphasis>.
5771
5772 <itemizedlist>
5773 <listitem>
5774 <para>
5775 <emphasis>|Pt|</emphasis> :
5776 (tracks) transverse momentum [GeV/c]
5777 </para>
5778 </listitem>
5779 <listitem>
5780 <para>
5781 <emphasis>|d0|</emphasis> :
5782 (tracks) distance of closest approach to the beam axis [cm]
5783 </para>
5784 </listitem>
5785 <listitem>
5786 <para>
5787 <emphasis>|z0|</emphasis> :
5788 (tracks) distance in Z from nominal origin at d0 [cm]
5789 </para>
5790 </listitem>
5791 <listitem>
5792 <para>
5793 <emphasis>|d0 Loose|</emphasis> :
5794 (tracks) outer loose d0 cut [cm]
5795 </para>
5796 </listitem>
5797 <listitem>
5798 <para>
5799 <emphasis>|z0-ZVtx|</emphasis> :
5800 (tracks) distance in Z from primary vertex at d0 [cm]
5801 </para>
5802 </listitem>
5803 <listitem>
5804 <para>
5805 <emphasis>Num SpacePoint</emphasis> :
5806 (tracks) number of associated silicon space points
5807 </para>
5808 </listitem>
5809 <listitem>
5810 <para>
5811 <emphasis>|STr (code)|</emphasis> :
5812 (tracks) code of simulated track
5813 </para>
5814 </listitem>
5815 <listitem>
5816 <para>
5817 <emphasis>STr (barcode)</emphasis> :
5818 (tracks) kine number of simulated track
5819 </para>
5820 </listitem>
5821 <listitem>
5822 <para>
5823 <emphasis>STr type</emphasis> :
5824 (tracks) type of simulated track
5825 <itemizedlist>
5826 <listitem>
5827 <para>
5828 <emphasis>charged hadron</emphasis> (default)
5829 </para>
5830 </listitem>
5831 <listitem>
5832 <para>
5833 <emphasis>tau</emphasis>
5834 </para>
5835 </listitem>
5836 <listitem>
5837 <para>
5838 <emphasis>electron</emphasis>
5839 </para>
5840 </listitem>
5841 <listitem>
5842 <para>
5843 <emphasis>muon</emphasis>
5844 </para>
5845 </listitem>
5846 <listitem>
5847 <para>
5848 <emphasis>neutral hadron</emphasis>
5849 </para>
5850 </listitem>
5851 <listitem>
5852 <para>
5853 <emphasis>photon</emphasis>
5854 </para>
5855 </listitem>
5856 <listitem>
5857 <para>
5858 <emphasis>neutrino</emphasis>
5859 </para>
5860 </listitem>
5861 </itemizedlist>
5862 </para>
5863 </listitem>
5864 <listitem>
5865 <para>
5866 <emphasis>SimVertex</emphasis>
5867 : (tracks) originating simulated vertex (0=primary)
5868 </para>
5869 </listitem>
5870 <listitem>
5871 <para>
5872 <emphasis>SCT/Pixel</emphasis> : ...
5873 <itemizedlist>
5874 <listitem>
5875 <para>
5876 <emphasis>All</emphasis> (default)
5877 </para>
5878 </listitem>
5879 <listitem>
5880 <para>
5881 <emphasis>Endcap-</emphasis>: ...
5882 </para>
5883 </listitem>
5884 <listitem>
5885 <para>
5886 <emphasis>Barrel</emphasis>: ...
5887 </para>
5888 </listitem>
5889 <listitem>
5890 <para>
5891 <emphasis>Endcap+</emphasis>: ...
5892 </para>
5893 </listitem>
5894 </itemizedlist>
5895 </para>
5896 </listitem>
5897 <listitem>
5898 <para>
5899 <emphasis>TRT_DriftCircle</emphasis> : ...
5900 <itemizedlist>
5901 <listitem>
5902 <para>
5903 <emphasis>All</emphasis> (default)
5904 </para>
5905 </listitem>
5906 <listitem>
5907 <para>
5908 <emphasis>Barrel-</emphasis>: ...
5909 </para>
5910 </listitem>
5911 <listitem>
5912 <para>
5913 <emphasis>Barrel+</emphasis>: ...
5914 </para>
5915 </listitem>
5916 </itemizedlist>
5917 </para>
5918 </listitem>
5919 <listitem>
5920 <para>
5921 <emphasis>Track Index</emphasis>
5922 : (tracks) identifier of reconstructed track
5923 </para>
5924 </listitem>
5925 <listitem>
5926 <para>
5927 <emphasis>Hits By STr</emphasis> :
5928 <itemizedlist>
5929 <listitem>
5930 <para>
5931 <emphasis>All</emphasis> (default)
5932 </para>
5933 </listitem>
5934 <listitem>
5935 <para>
5936 <emphasis>Connected</emphasis>
5937 : hits connected to simulated tracks
5938 </para>
5939 </listitem>
5940 <listitem>
5941 <para>
5942 <emphasis>Unconnected</emphasis>
5943 : hits unconnected to simulated tracks
5944 </para>
5945 </listitem>
5946 </itemizedlist>
5947 </para>
5948 </listitem>
5949 <listitem>
5950 <para>
5951 <emphasis>Hits By Track</emphasis> :
5952 <itemizedlist>
5953 <listitem>
5954 <para>
5955 <emphasis>All</emphasis> (default)
5956 </para>
5957 </listitem>
5958 <listitem>
5959 <para>
5960 <emphasis>Connected</emphasis>
5961 : hits connected to reconstructed tracks
5962 </para>
5963 </listitem>
5964 <listitem>
5965 <para>
5966 <emphasis>Unconnected</emphasis>
5967 : hits unconnected to reconstructed tracks
5968 </para>
5969 </listitem>
5970 </itemizedlist>
5971 </para>
5972 </listitem>
5973 <listitem>
5974 <para>
5975 <emphasis>Hit type</emphasis>:
5976 <itemizedlist>
5977 <listitem>
5978 <para>
5979 <emphasis>noise</emphasis> : noise hits (other hits)
5980 </para>
5981 </listitem>
5982 <listitem>
5983 <para>
5984 <emphasis>good</emphasis>
5985 : good hits (associated to tracks, or passing the filter
5986 (<xref endterm="Fil.title" linkend="Fil"></xref>))
5987 </para>
5988 </listitem>
5989 <listitem>
5990 <para>
5991 <emphasis>all</emphasis> (default)
5992 </para>
5993 </listitem>
5994 </itemizedlist>
5995 </para>
5996 </listitem>
5997 <listitem>
5998 <para>
5999 <emphasis>Group</emphasis>
6000 : group number of silicon hit: 0 = noise. See
6001 <xref endterm="Fil.title" linkend="Fil"></xref>.
6002 </para>
6003 </listitem>
6004 <listitem>
6005 <para>
6006 <emphasis>TRT Threshold</emphasis>: threshold for TRT Straws
6007 <itemizedlist>
6008 <listitem>
6009 <para>
6010 <emphasis>high</emphasis> (default)
6011 </para>
6012 </listitem>
6013 <listitem>
6014 <para>
6015 <emphasis>low</emphasis>
6016 </para>
6017 </listitem>
6018 </itemizedlist>
6019 </para>
6020 </listitem>
6021 </itemizedlist>
6022 </para>
6023
6024 </sect2>
6025
6026 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
6027 <sect2 id="CutsCalo">
6028 <title id="CutsCalo.title">6.4.2 Cuts for Calorimeters (Calo)</title>
6029
6030 <para>
6031 <itemizedlist>
6032 <listitem>
6033 <para>
6034 <emphasis>|Jet Et|</emphasis>
6035 </para>
6036 </listitem>
6037 <listitem>
6038 <para>
6039 <emphasis>|LAr Energy|</emphasis>: energy deposit [MeV]
6040 </para>
6041 </listitem>
6042 <listitem>
6043 <para>
6044 <emphasis>|Tile Energy|</emphasis>: energy deposit [MeV]
6045 </para>
6046 </listitem>
6047 <listitem>
6048 <para>
6049 <emphasis>|HEC Energy|</emphasis>: energy deposit [MeV]
6050 </para>
6051 </listitem>
6052 <listitem>
6053 <para>
6054 <emphasis>|FCAL Energy|</emphasis>: energy deposit [MeV]
6055 </para>
6056 </listitem>
6057 <listitem>
6058 <para>
6059 <emphasis>FCAL</emphasis>
6060 <itemizedlist>
6061 <listitem>
6062 <para>
6063 <emphasis>All</emphasis> (default)
6064 </para>
6065 </listitem>
6066 <listitem>
6067 <para>
6068 <emphasis>Endcap-</emphasis>
6069 </para>
6070 </listitem>
6071 <listitem>
6072 <para>
6073 <emphasis>Endcap+</emphasis>
6074 </para>
6075 </listitem>
6076 </itemizedlist>
6077 </para>
6078 </listitem>
6079 <listitem>
6080 <para>
6081 <emphasis>LAr</emphasis>
6082 <itemizedlist>
6083 <listitem>
6084 <para>
6085 <emphasis>All</emphasis> (default)
6086 </para>
6087 </listitem>
6088 <listitem>
6089 <para>
6090 <emphasis>Endcap-</emphasis>
6091 </para>
6092 </listitem>
6093 <listitem>
6094 <para>
6095 <emphasis>Endcap+</emphasis>
6096 </para>
6097 </listitem>
6098 </itemizedlist>
6099 </para>
6100 </listitem>
6101 <listitem>
6102 <para>
6103 <emphasis>HEC</emphasis>
6104 <itemizedlist>
6105 <listitem>
6106 <para>
6107 <emphasis>All</emphasis> (default)
6108 </para>
6109 </listitem>
6110 <listitem>
6111 <para>
6112 <emphasis>Endcap-</emphasis>
6113 </para>
6114 </listitem>
6115 <listitem>
6116 <para>
6117 <emphasis>Endcap+</emphasis>
6118 </para>
6119 </listitem>
6120 </itemizedlist>
6121 </para>
6122 </listitem>
6123 <listitem>
6124 <para>
6125 <emphasis>|Cluster ET|</emphasis>
6126 : cluster to which the cell is associated
6127 </para>
6128 </listitem>
6129 <listitem>
6130 <para>
6131 <emphasis>Cluster</emphasis>
6132 </para>
6133 <para>Cluster to which the cell is associated
6134 </para>
6135 </listitem>
6136 <listitem>
6137 <para>
6138 <emphasis>|LVL1 Trigger Energy|</emphasis>
6139 </para>
6140 </listitem>
6141 </itemizedlist>
6142 </para>
6143
6144 </sect2>
6145
6146 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
6147 <sect2 id="CutsMuon">
6148 <title id="CutsMuon.title">6.4.3 Cuts for Muon Detector (MuonDet)</title>
6149
6150 <para>
6151 No cuts available yet.
6152 </para>
6153
6154 </sect2>
6155
6156 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
6157 <sect2 id="CutsAOD">
6158 <title id="CutsAOD.title">6.4.4 Cuts for Analysis Object Data (AOD)</title>
6159
6160 <para>
6161 <itemizedlist>
6162 <listitem>
6163 <para>
6164 <emphasis>|BJet Pt|</emphasis>
6165 : B-tagged Jet transverse momentum
6166 </para>
6167 </listitem>
6168 <listitem>
6169 <para>
6170 <emphasis>BJet lhSig</emphasis>
6171 : B-tagged Jet likelihood significance, combined B-tagging algorithms.
6172 </para>
6173 </listitem>
6174 <listitem>
6175 <para>
6176 <emphasis>BJet weight</emphasis>
6177 : B-tagged Jet B-tagging algorithm's weight
6178 </para>
6179 </listitem>
6180 <listitem>
6181 <para>
6182 <emphasis>|Electron Pt|</emphasis>
6183 : Electron transverse momentum
6184 </para>
6185 </listitem>
6186 <listitem>
6187 <para>
6188 <emphasis>Electron isEM (*)</emphasis>
6189 : Electron electromagnetic criteria passed (bitmap)
6190 </para>
6191 </listitem>
6192 <listitem>
6193 <para>
6194 <emphasis>Electron eOverp</emphasis>
6195 : Electron ratio of energy over momentum
6196 </para>
6197 </listitem>
6198 <listitem>
6199 <para>
6200 <emphasis>|Muon Pt|</emphasis>
6201 : Muon transverse momentum
6202 </para>
6203 </listitem>
6204 <listitem>
6205 <para>
6206 <emphasis>Muon chi2</emphasis> : Muon fit chi2
6207 </para>
6208 </listitem>
6209 <listitem>
6210 <para>
6211 <emphasis>|Photon Pt|</emphasis>
6212 : Photon transverse momentum
6213 </para>
6214 </listitem>
6215 <listitem>
6216 <para>
6217 <emphasis>Photon isEM (*)</emphasis>
6218 : Photon electromagnetic criteria passed (bitmap)
6219 </para>
6220 </listitem>
6221 <listitem>
6222 <para>
6223 <emphasis>|TauJet Pt|</emphasis>
6224 : Tau transverse momentum
6225 </para>
6226 </listitem>
6227 <listitem>
6228 <para>
6229 <emphasis>|TauJet Charge|</emphasis>
6230 : Tau total charge
6231 </para>
6232 </listitem>
6233 <listitem>
6234 <para>
6235 <emphasis>TauJet NumTrack</emphasis>
6236 : Tau number of tracks
6237 </para>
6238 </listitem>
6239 <listitem>
6240 <para>
6241 <emphasis>TauJet isolFrac</emphasis>
6242 : Tau isolation fraction
6243 </para>
6244 </listitem>
6245 <listitem>
6246 <para>
6247 <emphasis>TauJet logLhRatio</emphasis>
6248 : Tau log-likelihood ratio between tau and jet
6249 </para>
6250 </listitem>
6251 </itemizedlist>
6252 </para>
6253
6254 <para>
6255 <emphasis>N.B.</emphasis>
6256 </para>
6257
6258 <para>
6259 <emphasis>(*)</emphasis> Cut-logic for isEM: int required.
6260 Logic in bitmap: "1" means "do not care". Non-passing of algorithm is allowed.
6261 "0" means: "is required to be passed". E.g. 16 (binary: 1000) means that
6262 algorithm encoded into fourth bit is allowed to have failed.
6263 </para>
6264
6265 </sect2>
6266
6267 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
6268 <sect2 id="CutsATLAS">
6269 <title id="CutsATLAS.title">6.4.5 Cuts for whole Detector (ATLAS)</title>
6270
6271 <para>
6272 <itemizedlist>
6273 <listitem>
6274 <para>
6275 <emphasis>Index</emphasis>
6276 : (tracks) in the range 0 to numTracks-1
6277 </para>
6278 </listitem>
6279 <listitem>
6280 <para>
6281 <emphasis>Module</emphasis> : ...
6282 </para>
6283 </listitem>
6284 <listitem>
6285 <para>
6286 <emphasis>Layer</emphasis> : ...
6287 </para>
6288 </listitem>
6289 <listitem>
6290 <para>
6291 <emphasis>Cut φ</emphasis>
6292 : (angular region) hits and tracks in the range
6293 φ±φ<subscript>cut</subscript>
6294 </para>
6295 </listitem>
6296 <listitem>
6297 <para>
6298 <emphasis>φ</emphasis>
6299 : (angular region) ...
6300 </para>
6301 </listitem>
6302 <listitem>
6303 <para>
6304 <emphasis>Cut η</emphasis>
6305 : (angular region) hits and tracks in the range
6306 η±η<subscript>cut</subscript>
6307 </para>
6308 </listitem>
6309 <listitem>
6310 <para>
6311 <emphasis>η</emphasis>
6312 : (angular region) ...
6313 </para>
6314 </listitem>
6315 <listitem>
6316 <para>
6317 <emphasis>ByList</emphasis>
6318 : (list) only data in the currently selected list
6319 (<xref endterm="Lists.title" linkend="Lists"></xref>) are shown
6320 </para>
6321 </listitem>
6322 <listitem>
6323 <para>
6324 <emphasis>Summary</emphasis>
6325 : a summary of the effects of the currently applied cuts
6326 is shown in the
6327 output window (<xref endterm="OutputDisplay.title" linkend="OutputDisplay"></xref>).
6328 </para>
6329 </listitem>
6330 </itemizedlist>
6331 </para>
6332
6333 </sect2>
6334
6335 </sect1>
6336
6337 </chapter>
6338
6339 <!--=======================================================================-->
6340 <chapter id="Detector">
6341 <title id="Detector.title">Detector</title>
6342
6343 <para>
6344 This chapter describes specific elements, data and their attributes of the
6345 Whole Detector (ATLAS)
6346 (<xref endterm="ATLAS.title" linkend="ATLAS"></xref>) and
6347 its subsystems Inner Detector (InDet)
6348 (<xref endterm="InDet.title" linkend="InDet"></xref>),
6349 Calorimeters (Calo) (<xref endterm="Calo.title" linkend="Calo"></xref>) and
6350 Muon Detector (Muon) (<xref endterm="MuonDet.title" linkend="MuonDet"></xref>).
6351 </para>
6352
6353 <para>
6354 Section Analysis Object Data (AOD)
6355 (<xref endterm="AOD.title" linkend="AOD"></xref>)
6356 describes data and their attributes from AOD collections.
6357 </para>
6358
6359 <para>
6360 Section General Information
6361 (<xref endterm="GenInfo.title" linkend="GenInfo"></xref>)
6362 contains information about generally used attributes.
6363 </para>
6364
6365 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
6366 <sect1 id="InDet">
6367 <title id="InDet.title">7.1 Inner Detector (InDet)</title>
6368
6369 <para>
6370 Elements, attributes and control are grouped into:
6371
6372 <itemizedlist>
6373 <listitem>
6374 <para>
6375 <emphasis>SpacePoint</emphasis>
6376 (<xref endterm="S3D.title" linkend="S3D"></xref>)
6377 : silicon space points
6378 </para>
6379 <para>
6380 SpacePoint hits may be cleaned with the Silicon hit filter
6381 (<xref endterm="Fil.title" linkend="Fil"></xref>).
6382 </para>
6383 </listitem>
6384 <listitem>
6385 <para>
6386 <emphasis>PixelRDO</emphasis>
6387 (<xref endterm="PixelRDO.title" linkend="PixelRDO"></xref>)
6388 : Pixel Raw Data Object
6389 </para>
6390 </listitem>
6391 <listitem>
6392 <para>
6393 <emphasis>TrigSiSpacePoint</emphasis>
6394 (<xref endterm="TrigS3D.title" linkend="TrigS3D"></xref>)
6395 : Online Silicon 3D Space Points
6396 </para>
6397 </listitem>
6398 <listitem>
6399 <para>
6400 <emphasis>SiHit</emphasis>
6401 (<xref endterm="SiHit.title" linkend="SiHit"></xref>)
6402 : Geant Silicon Hits
6403 </para>
6404 </listitem>
6405 <listitem>
6406 <para>
6407 <emphasis>SiCluster</emphasis>
6408 (<xref endterm="SiCluster.title" linkend="SiCluster"></xref>) :
6409 Silicon Cluster
6410 </para>
6411 </listitem>
6412 <listitem>
6413 <para>
6414 <emphasis>SiClusterRDO</emphasis>
6415 (<xref endterm="SiClusterRDO.title" linkend="SiClusterRDO"></xref>) :
6416 Silicon Cluster Raw Data Object
6417 </para>
6418 </listitem>
6419 <listitem>
6420 <para>
6421 <emphasis>TRT_DriftCircle</emphasis>
6422 (<xref endterm="TRT.title" linkend="TRT"></xref>) : TRT straws
6423 </para>
6424 </listitem>
6425 <listitem>
6426 <para>
6427 <emphasis>STr</emphasis>
6428 (<xref endterm="STr.title" linkend="STr"></xref>)
6429 : simulated tracks
6430 </para>
6431 </listitem>
6432 <listitem>
6433 <para>
6434 <emphasis>Segment</emphasis>
6435 (<xref endterm="InDetSegment.title" linkend="InDetSegment"></xref>)
6436 : Reconstructed InDet Segment Collections
6437 </para>
6438 </listitem>
6439 <listitem>
6440 <para>
6441 <emphasis>Track</emphasis>
6442 (<xref endterm="InDetTrack.title" linkend="InDetTrack"></xref>)
6443 : Reconstructed Track Collections
6444 </para>
6445 </listitem>
6446 <listitem>
6447 <para>
6448 <emphasis>SimVertex</emphasis>
6449 (<xref endterm="SVx.title" linkend="SVx"></xref>)
6450 : simulated vertices
6451 </para>
6452 </listitem>
6453 <listitem>
6454 <para>
6455 <emphasis>RecVertex</emphasis>
6456 (<xref endterm="RVx.title" linkend="RVx"></xref>)
6457 : reconstructed vertices
6458 </para>
6459 </listitem>
6460 <listitem>
6461 <para>
6462 <emphasis>Hit Filter</emphasis>
6463 (<xref endterm="Fil.title" linkend="Fil"></xref>)
6464 : Hit Filter Setup
6465 </para>
6466 </listitem>
6467 </itemizedlist>
6468 </para>
6469
6470 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
6471 <sect2 id="S3D">
6472 <title id="S3D.title">7.1.1 Silicon 3D SpacePoints (SpacePoint)</title>
6473
6474 <para>
6475 Space points from silicon pixel
6476 (<xref endterm="SiliconPixels.title" linkend="SiliconPixels"></xref>)
6477 clusters and calculated from the low angle stereo silicon strips
6478 (<xref endterm="SiliconStrips.title" linkend="SiliconStrips"></xref>)
6479 are called S3D hits.
6480 </para>
6481
6482 <para>
6483 The following element and attribute items are available and can be controlled:
6484
6485 <itemizedlist>
6486 <listitem>
6487 <para>
6488 <emphasis>Color Function</emphasis>
6489 </para>
6490 <para>
6491 The color of each hit is defined by the color function selected from the
6492 following options:
6493 <itemizedlist>
6494 <listitem>
6495 <para>
6496 <emphasis>Constant</emphasis> (default)
6497 </para>
6498 <para>
6499 in which case the color defined by item <emphasis>Constant</emphasis> is
6500 used for all hits
6501 </para>
6502 </listitem>
6503 <listitem>
6504 <para>
6505 <emphasis>Simulated Track</emphasis>
6506 </para>
6507 <para>
6508 the colors of unconnected and shared hits can be selected by items
6509 <emphasis>Unconnected</emphasis> and <emphasis>Shared</emphasis>
6510 </para>
6511 </listitem>
6512 <listitem>
6513 <para>
6514 <emphasis>Reconstructed Track</emphasis>
6515 </para>
6516 <para>
6517 the colors of unconnected and shared hits can be selected
6518 </para>
6519 </listitem>
6520 <listitem>
6521 <para>
6522 <emphasis>SubDetector</emphasis>
6523 </para>
6524 <para>
6525 (Barrel, Endcap+, Endcap-),
6526 </para>
6527 </listitem>
6528 <listitem>
6529 <para>
6530 <emphasis>Group</emphasis>
6531 </para>
6532 <para>
6533 as determined by the filter
6534 (<xref endterm="Fil.title" linkend="Fil"></xref>),
6535 the color of ungrouped hits can be selected
6536 </para>
6537 </listitem>
6538 <listitem>
6539 <para>
6540 <emphasis>Layer</emphasis>.
6541 </para>
6542 </listitem>
6543 </itemizedlist>
6544 </para>
6545 </listitem>
6546 <listitem>
6547 <para>
6548 <emphasis>Constant</emphasis>
6549 </para>
6550 <para>
6551 The color of all hits, used for the <emphasis>Constant</emphasis> color
6552 function.
6553 </para>
6554 </listitem>
6555 <listitem>
6556 <para>
6557 <emphasis>Unconnected</emphasis>
6558 </para>
6559 <para>
6560 The color used for unconnected hits.
6561 </para>
6562 </listitem>
6563 <listitem>
6564 <para>
6565 <emphasis>Shared</emphasis>
6566 </para>
6567 <para>
6568 The color used for shared hits.
6569 </para>
6570 </listitem>
6571 <listitem>
6572 <para>
6573 <emphasis>Ungrouped</emphasis>
6574 </para>
6575 </listitem>
6576 <listitem>
6577 <para>
6578 <emphasis>Symbol Size</emphasis>
6579 </para>
6580 <para>
6581 The size in pixels of the symbol used to represent hits.
6582 </para>
6583 </listitem>
6584 <listitem>
6585 <para>
6586 <emphasis>Symbol</emphasis>
6587 </para>
6588 <para>
6589 The type of symbol used to represent hits.
6590 </para>
6591 </listitem>
6592 <listitem>
6593 <para>
6594 <emphasis>Frame</emphasis>
6595 </para>
6596 </listitem>
6597 <listitem>
6598 <para>
6599 <emphasis>Frame Width</emphasis>
6600 </para>
6601 </listitem>
6602 <listitem>
6603 <para>
6604 <emphasis>Noise Size</emphasis>
6605 </para>
6606 </listitem>
6607 <listitem>
6608 <para>
6609 <emphasis>Noise</emphasis>
6610 </para>
6611 </listitem>
6612 </itemizedlist>
6613
6614 See Graphics Attributes of Hits
6615 (<xref endterm="Attributes.title" linkend="Attributes"></xref>)
6616 for a description of graphics parameters related to hits.
6617 </para>
6618
6619 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
6620 <sect3 id="SiliconPixels">
6621 <title id="SiliconPixels.title">7.1.1.1 Silicon Pixels</title>
6622
6623 <para>
6624 Silicon pixels give directly 3D positions. From each cluster of pixels a
6625 space point is calculated. The pixel dimensions are
6626 50µm×400µm. The barrel of the pixel detector has three
6627 layers at 4, 11 and 15 cm, respectively, which provide position measurements
6628 with a resolution of 12 µm in ρ-φ and 66 µm in Z.
6629 The endcap has four layers at ±35, ±67, ±95 and
6630 ±115 cm, respectively, which provide position measurements with a
6631 resolution of 12 µm in ρ-φ and 77 µm in ρ.
6632 </para>
6633
6634 </sect3>
6635
6636 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
6637 <sect3 id="SiliconStrips">
6638 <title id="SiliconStrips.title">7.1.1.2 Silicon Strips</title>
6639
6640 <para>
6641 To be filled.
6642 </para>
6643
6644 </sect3>
6645
6646 </sect2>
6647
6648 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
6649 <sect2 id="PixelRDO">
6650 <title id="PixelRDO.title">7.1.2 Pixel Raw Data Object (PixelRDO)</title>
6651
6652 <para>
6653 To be filled!
6654 </para>
6655
6656 </sect2>
6657
6658 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
6659 <sect2 id="TrigS3D">
6660 <title id="TrigS3D.title">7.1.3 Online Silicon 3D Space Points (TrigSiSpacePoint)</title>
6661
6662 <para>
6663 To be filled!
6664 </para>
6665
6666 </sect2>
6667
6668 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
6669 <sect2 id="SiHit">
6670 <title id="SiHit.title">7.1.4 Geant Silicon Hits (SiHit)</title>
6671
6672 <para>
6673 To be filled!
6674 </para>
6675
6676 </sect2>
6677
6678 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
6679 <sect2 id="SiCluster">
6680 <title id="SiCluster.title">7.1.5 Silicon Cluster (SiCluster)</title>
6681
6682 <para>
6683 Silicon clusters are formed from groups of neighbouring silicon strips.
6684 In the barrel these silicon strips are either parallel to the beam axis
6685 (φ-strips) or inclined by either +0.04 radians = 2.3° (u-strips)
6686 or by -0.04 radians (v-strips). In the endcaps the φ-strips are
6687 perpendicular to the cylinder axis. Each layer contains φ-strips and
6688 either u-strips or v-strips (alternating between neighbouring layers) to
6689 allow for low angle stereo. If both such strips fire, when a charged
6690 particle traverses the layer, a space point can be calculated. If more
6691 than one particle traverse the same layer in close proximity ghost space
6692 points are produced.
6693 </para>
6694
6695 <para>
6696 For barrel layers the φ-ρ position of a space point is taken
6697 from the position of the φ strip. Z is calculated through low angle
6698 stereo.
6699 For endcap the φ-Z position is taken from the φ-strip and ρ is
6700 calculated through low angle stereo. Each barrel space point is measured
6701 with a precision of 16µm in ρ-φ and 580 µm in Z,
6702 respectively. Two tracks can be distinguished if separated by more than
6703 ≈200 µm.
6704 </para>
6705
6706 <para>
6707 The distance between φ strips and the u- or v- strips in the same
6708 module is 400 µm. The calculated value of Z for the barrel and ρ
6709 for the endcap depends of the direction of the track passing through the
6710 module. As this is normally unknown, most space point calculations assume
6711 particles of infinite momentum coming from X, Y, Z=0.
6712 </para>
6713
6714 <para>
6715 There are four layers in the barrel between 35, and 115 cm, and nine layers in
6716 the endcap between ±82 and ±276 cm.
6717 </para>
6718
6719 <para>
6720 <emphasis>Graphical Representation</emphasis>
6721 </para>
6722
6723 <para>
6724 The clusters are represented graphically as a line segment joining their
6725 two endpoints.
6726 </para>
6727
6728 <para>
6729 The color of each hit is defined by the <emphasis>color function</emphasis>
6730 which may be either
6731
6732 <itemizedlist>
6733 <listitem>
6734 <para>
6735 constant, in which case the <emphasis>constant</emphasis>
6736 color is used for all hits,
6737 </para>
6738 </listitem>
6739 </itemizedlist>
6740
6741 or it may vary with each hit being given the color of its associated
6742
6743 <itemizedlist>
6744 <listitem>
6745 <para>
6746 simulated track.
6747 The colors of <emphasis>unconnected</emphasis> and
6748 <emphasis>shared</emphasis> hits can be selected.
6749 </para>
6750 </listitem>
6751 <listitem>
6752 <para>
6753 reconstructed track.
6754 The colors of <emphasis>unconnected</emphasis> and
6755 <emphasis>shared</emphasis> hits can be selected.
6756 </para>
6757 </listitem>
6758 <listitem>
6759 <para>
6760 subdetector. (Barrel,Endcap+,Endcap-)
6761 </para>
6762 </listitem>
6763 <listitem>
6764 <para>
6765 layer.
6766 </para>
6767 </listitem>
6768 <listitem>
6769 <para>
6770 orientation. (φ-strips, u-strips or v-strips)
6771 </para>
6772 </listitem>
6773 </itemizedlist>
6774 </para>
6775
6776 <para>
6777 More information about colors in Atlantis is given in
6778 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>.
6779 </para>
6780
6781 </sect2>
6782
6783 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
6784 <sect2 id="SiClusterRDO">
6785 <title id="SiClusterRDO.title">7.1.6 Silicon Cluster Raw Data Object (SiClusterRDO)</title>
6786
6787 <para>
6788 To be filled!
6789 </para>
6790
6791 </sect2>
6792
6793 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
6794 <sect2 id="TRT">
6795 <title id="TRT.title">7.1.7 Transition Radiation Tracker (TRT_DriftCircle)</title>
6796
6797 <para>
6798 The TRT barrel has straws parallel to the beam axis in the barrel and
6799 straws perpendicular to the beam axis in the endcap. The data from each
6800 TRT straw is best represented as a circle, however, in practice the radius
6801 of each straw (2mm) is so small compared to the length of a track segment
6802 (55cm) that when looking at such a track segment the circle can be
6803 adequately approximated as a straight line with a length given by twice
6804 the drift radius. The barrel straws are represented as lines perpendicular
6805 to a radial line in the
6806 φ/ρ (<xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>) and
6807 Y/X (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>) projections.
6808 The endcap straws are represented as lines perpendicular to the z-axis in the
6809 φ/Z (<xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>)
6810 projection.
6811 The drift radius is measured with a precision of around 170µm.
6812 </para>
6813
6814 <para>
6815 <emphasis>Transition radiation hits</emphasis>
6816 </para>
6817
6818 <para>
6819 Each straw provides an indication of whether a hit passes a second higher
6820 <emphasis>threshold</emphasis> associated with transition radiation.
6821 This transition radiation is associated with the passage of electrons and
6822 such hits may be used in electron identification. These hits can be viewed
6823 on their own by selecting the high <emphasis>threshold</emphasis> in the
6824 Cuts (<xref endterm="Cuts.title" linkend="Cuts"></xref>).
6825 </para>
6826
6827 <para>
6828 On the Y/X projection (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>) if the
6829 data contains drift signs and if zoomed in far enough the line showing the
6830 TRT data will change to an arrow to represent the drift.
6831 </para>
6832
6833 <para>
6834 <emphasis>Graphical Representation</emphasis>
6835 </para>
6836
6837 <para>
6838 The color of each hit is defined by the <emphasis>color function</emphasis>
6839 which may be either
6840
6841 <itemizedlist>
6842 <listitem>
6843 <para>
6844 <emphasis>constant</emphasis>, in which case the
6845 <emphasis>constant</emphasis> color is used for all hits,
6846 </para>
6847 </listitem>
6848 </itemizedlist>
6849
6850 or it may vary with each hit being given the color of its associated
6851
6852 <itemizedlist>
6853 <listitem>
6854 <para>
6855 <emphasis>simulated track</emphasis>, the colors of
6856 <emphasis>unconnected</emphasis> and <emphasis>shared</emphasis> hits can be
6857 selected,
6858 </para>
6859 </listitem>
6860 <listitem>
6861 <para>
6862 <emphasis>reconstructed track</emphasis>, the colors of
6863 <emphasis>unconnected</emphasis> and
6864 <emphasis>shared</emphasis> hits can be selected,
6865 </para>
6866 </listitem>
6867 <listitem>
6868 <para>
6869 <emphasis>subdetector</emphasis>
6870 (Endcap-,Barrel-,Barrel+,Endcap+).
6871 </para>
6872 </listitem>
6873 </itemizedlist>
6874 </para>
6875
6876 <para>
6877 More information about colors in Atlantis is given in
6878 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>.
6879 </para>
6880
6881 </sect2>
6882
6883 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
6884 <sect2 id="STr">
6885 <title id="STr.title">7.1.8 Simulated Tracks (STr)</title>
6886
6887 <para>
6888 Simulated particles may be either charged STr or neutral SNP, and may
6889 be defined by:
6890
6891 <itemizedlist>
6892 <listitem>
6893 <para>
6894 the 3D position of the vertex, from which the particle
6895 originated,
6896 </para>
6897 </listitem>
6898 <listitem>
6899 <para>
6900 the 3D momentum vector at the vertex position,
6901 </para>
6902 </listitem>
6903 <listitem>
6904 <para>
6905 the particle type.
6906 </para>
6907 </listitem>
6908 </itemizedlist>
6909 </para>
6910
6911 <para>
6912 For charged particles, these parameters may be used to derive helix
6913 parameters (perigee parameters), extended by a further value, which gives
6914 the vertex position on the helix.
6915 </para>
6916
6917 <para>
6918 The paths travelled by simulated particles are defined in 3D and can
6919 therefore be seen in all projections. These paths do not reflect multiple
6920 scattering. Furthermore, for charged particles the helix approximation
6921 used is only valid inside the homogeneous solenoidal magnetic field and
6922 assuming negligible energy loss.
6923 </para>
6924
6925 <para>
6926 The color of each simulated particle is defined by the <emphasis>color
6927 function</emphasis> which may be either
6928
6929 <itemizedlist>
6930 <listitem>
6931 <para>
6932 <emphasis>constant</emphasis>, in which case the
6933 <emphasis>constant</emphasis> color is used for all particles,
6934 </para>
6935 </listitem>
6936 </itemizedlist>
6937
6938 or it may vary with each particle being given the color of its
6939
6940 <itemizedlist>
6941 <listitem>
6942 <para>
6943 <emphasis>index</emphasis>: in the range 0 to numSTr-1 or 0
6944 to numSNP-1,
6945 </para>
6946 </listitem>
6947 <listitem>
6948 <para>
6949 <emphasis>particle type</emphasis>:
6950 <itemizedlist>
6951 <listitem>
6952 <para>
6953 cyan - charged hadrons,
6954 </para>
6955 </listitem>
6956 <listitem>
6957 <para>
6958 yellow - electrons,
6959 </para>
6960 </listitem>
6961 <listitem>
6962 <para>
6963 green - muons,
6964 </para>
6965 </listitem>
6966 <listitem>
6967 <para>
6968 magenta - neutral hadrons,
6969 </para>
6970 </listitem>
6971 <listitem>
6972 <para>
6973 red - photons,
6974 </para>
6975 </listitem>
6976 <listitem>
6977 <para>
6978 orange - neutrinos.
6979 </para>
6980 </listitem>
6981 </itemizedlist>
6982 </para>
6983 </listitem>
6984 </itemizedlist>
6985
6986 The radius (<emphasis>radius Tr</emphasis>) and length (<emphasis>Z
6987 Tr</emphasis>) of the cylinder to which the particles are drawn can be
6988 changed.
6989 </para>
6990
6991 <para>
6992 Track images are easier recognised if tracks get a black
6993 <emphasis>frame</emphasis> with a small <emphasis>frame width</emphasis>,
6994 especially in the V-plot if calorimeters are displayed as well.
6995 </para>
6996
6997 <para>
6998 In the V-plot simulated neutral particles SNP are drawn as a
6999 <emphasis>symbol</emphasis> with a given <emphasis>symbol size</emphasis>.
7000 In the other projections simulated neutral particles are drawn as lines.
7001 </para>
7002
7003 <para>
7004 More information about colors in Atlantis is given in
7005 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>.
7006 </para>
7007
7008 </sect2>
7009
7010 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7011 <sect2 id="InDetSegment">
7012 <title id="InDetSegment.title">7.1.9 Reconstructed InDet Segment Collections (Segment)</title>
7013
7014 <para>
7015 To be filled!
7016 </para>
7017
7018 </sect2>
7019
7020 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7021 <sect2 id="InDetTrack">
7022 <title id="InDetTrack.title">7.1.10 Reconstructed Track Collections (Track)</title>
7023
7024 <para>
7025 Reconstructed tracks are described by helix parameters (perigee parameters).
7026 The reconstructed tracks are defined in 3D and can therefore be seen in all
7027 projections. The helix approximation used is only valid inside the
7028 homogeneous solenoidal magnetic field and assuming negligible energy loss
7029 and no multiple scattering.
7030 </para>
7031
7032 <para>
7033 The color of each reconstructed track is defined by the <emphasis>color
7034 function</emphasis> which may be either
7035
7036 <itemizedlist>
7037 <listitem>
7038 <para>
7039 <emphasis>constant</emphasis>, in which case the
7040 <emphasis>constant</emphasis> color is used for all tracks,
7041 </para>
7042 </listitem>
7043 </itemizedlist>
7044
7045 or it may vary with each track being given the color of its
7046
7047 <itemizedlist>
7048 <listitem>
7049 <para>
7050 <emphasis>index</emphasis>: in the range 0 to numRTr-1,
7051 </para>
7052 </listitem>
7053 <listitem>
7054 <para>
7055 associated <emphasis>simulated track</emphasis>
7056 </para>
7057 </listitem>
7058 <listitem>
7059 <para>
7060 associated <emphasis>E/Gamma reconstucted object</emphasis>
7061 </para>
7062 </listitem>
7063 </itemizedlist>
7064
7065 The radius (<emphasis>radius Tr</emphasis>) and length
7066 (<emphasis>Z Tr</emphasis>) of the cylinder
7067 to which the tracks are drawn can be changed.
7068 </para>
7069
7070 <para>
7071 Track images are easier recognised if tracks get a black
7072 <emphasis>frame</emphasis> with a small <emphasis>frame width</emphasis>,
7073 especially in the V-plot if calorimeters are displayed as well.
7074 </para>
7075
7076 <para>
7077 More information about colors in Atlantis is given in
7078 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>.
7079 </para>
7080
7081 </sect2>
7082
7083 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7084 <sect2 id="SVx">
7085 <title id="SVx.title">7.1.11 Simulated Vertices (SimVertex)</title>
7086
7087 <para>
7088 Simulated vertices from the Monte Carlo truth. Currently only the start
7089 vertices of simulated particles are available and there should be at
7090 least one simulated particle originating from each simulated vertex.
7091 </para>
7092
7093 <para>
7094 The <emphasis>constant</emphasis> color of the simulated vertices may be
7095 changed.
7096 </para>
7097
7098 <para>
7099 More information about colors in Atlantis is given in
7100 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>.
7101 </para>
7102
7103 </sect2>
7104
7105 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7106 <sect2 id="RVx">
7107 <title id="RVx.title">7.1.12 Reconstructed Vertices (RecVertex)</title>
7108
7109 <para>
7110 Reconstructed vertices may be formed interactively inside Atlantis from
7111 Lists (<xref endterm="Lists.title" linkend="Lists"></xref>) of
7112 reconstructed tracks.
7113 These reconstructed vertices are best represented by their error
7114 ellipsoids. These representations are currently available only in the
7115 Y/X (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>),
7116 X'/Z (<xref endterm="XZ.title" linkend="XZ"></xref>) and
7117 Y'/Z (<xref endterm="YZ.title" linkend="YZ"></xref>) projections.
7118 The error ellipses shown represent <emphasis>Num Sigma</emphasis> standard
7119 deviations which may be modified.
7120 </para>
7121
7122 <para>
7123 The <emphasis>constant</emphasis> color of these reconstructed vertices may
7124 be changed.
7125 </para>
7126
7127 <para>
7128 More information about colors in Atlantis is given in
7129 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>.
7130 </para>
7131
7132 </sect2>
7133
7134 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7135 <sect2 id="Fil">
7136 <title id="Fil.title">7.1.13 Hit Filter Setup (Hit Filter)</title>
7137
7138 <para>
7139 In the case of normal simulated events and of the real events to be expected,
7140 it is difficult if not impossible to recognise tracks, etc., due to ghost
7141 hits, delta electrons, hits from the pile up and noise.
7142 </para>
7143
7144 <para>
7145 A filter is available to clean the events. In the case of fairly clean
7146 events, the V-plot may still help out. For the V-plot as for the filter,
7147 the Z-position of the primary vertex of the "triggering event" is required,
7148 so that η can be calculated.
7149 </para>
7150
7151 <para>
7152 <emphasis>Single filter</emphasis>
7153 </para>
7154
7155 <para>
7156 The filter is based on the simple requirement, that a 3D hit passes the
7157 filter if at least N<subscript>H</subscript>
7158 (N<subscript>H</subscript>=<emphasis>NumHits</emphasis>) hits on
7159 different layers lie in the same direction, as seen from the primary vertex.
7160 </para>
7161
7162 <para>
7163 In a φη histogram with cell size
7164 Δφ×Δη,
7165 the hits of a given helix with sufficiently high P<subscript>
7166 t</subscript> lie
7167 in one cell or in its direct neighbours due to rounding or measuring errors.
7168 </para>
7169
7170 <para>
7171 In a first loop over all hits the histogram is filled, however counting
7172 layers and not just hits. This is done using bit patterns. In a second
7173 loop over all hits each hit is accepted or rejected depending on the sum
7174 of different layers in its histogram bin and its neighbours.
7175 </para>
7176
7177 <para>
7178 The second loop can be combined with a clustering algorithm, so that hits
7179 falling into isolated clusters get a <emphasis>group</emphasis> number,
7180 which varies with different clusters. The subsets of S3D hits belonging to
7181 the different <emphasis>groups</emphasis> passing the filter may selected
7182 using the <emphasis>group</emphasis> parameter.
7183 </para>
7184
7185 <para>
7186 The strength and P<subscript>t</subscript> acceptance of the filter is
7187 defined by Δη and Δφ:
7188
7189 <itemizedlist>
7190 <listitem>
7191 <para>
7192 The value of Δη=2×<emphasis>η
7193 Range</emphasis>/<emphasis>Numη</emphasis>
7194 reflects measuring η precision and should be as small as possible
7195 without loosing hits.
7196 </para>
7197 </listitem>
7198 <listitem>
7199 <para>
7200 The value of Δφ=360°/<emphasis>Numφ</emphasis>
7201 defines the
7202 P<subscript>t</subscript> range in which tracks are accepted and the strength
7203 of the filter. A small Δφ (strong filter) rejects much noise
7204 but also low P<subscript>t</subscript> tracks.
7205 </para>
7206 </listitem>
7207 </itemizedlist>
7208
7209 In the same way one can filter tracks in a given P<subscript>t</subscript>
7210 range through a φ'η histogram, where φ' is defined as
7211 φ'=φ-c×s×ρ, where c depends on the magnetic field.
7212 Hits of tracks with P<subscript>t</subscript>=1/s have the same
7213 φ'<subscript>,</subscript> and pass the filter. Depending on
7214 Δφ also hits of tracks with close P<subscript>t</subscript> do
7215 pass. The sign of P<subscript>t</subscript> is equal to the particle charge.
7216 </para>
7217
7218 <para>
7219 <emphasis>Filter loop</emphasis>
7220 </para>
7221
7222 <para>
7223 In order to have a strong filter with also low P<subscript>t</subscript>
7224 tracks passing, the filter is executed N times in a loop where s is varied
7225 between
7226 -1/<emphasis>P<subscript>t<subscript>MIN</subscript></subscript></emphasis>
7227 and
7228 +1/<emphasis>P<subscript>t<subscript>MIN</subscript></subscript></emphasis>
7229 with N=1+2×<emphasis>NumSteps</emphasis>.
7230 Hits, which pass at least one of the single filters, are accepted.
7231 An accepted hit may have different group numbers from different filters.
7232 Different clusters, which contain the same hit, get the same new group
7233 number. Due to measuring errors, some tracks above
7234 <emphasis>P<subscript>t<subscript>MIN</subscript></subscript></emphasis>
7235 may get lost, so that
7236 <emphasis>P<subscript>t<subscript>MIN</subscript></subscript></emphasis>
7237 should be sufficiently low.
7238 </para>
7239
7240 </sect2>
7241
7242 </sect1>
7243
7244 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7245 <sect1 id="Calo">
7246 <title id="Calo.title">7.2 Calorimeters (Calo)</title>
7247
7248 <para>
7249 Control of the attributes of data from the various calorimeters is described
7250 in:
7251
7252 <itemizedlist>
7253 <listitem>
7254 <para>
7255 <emphasis>LAr</emphasis> (<xref endterm="LAr.title" linkend="LAr"></xref>)
7256 : Liquid Argon Calorimeter
7257 </para>
7258 </listitem>
7259 <listitem>
7260 <para>
7261 <emphasis>TILE</emphasis> (<xref endterm="TILE.title" linkend="TILE"></xref>)
7262 : Tile Calorimeter
7263 </para>
7264 </listitem>
7265 <listitem>
7266 <para>
7267 <emphasis>HEC</emphasis> (<xref endterm="HEC.title" linkend="HEC"></xref>)
7268 : Hadronic Endcap Calorimeter
7269 </para>
7270 </listitem>
7271 <listitem>
7272 <para>
7273 <emphasis>FCAL</emphasis> (<xref endterm="FCAL.title" linkend="FCAL"></xref>)
7274 : Forward Calorimeter
7275 </para>
7276 </listitem>
7277 <listitem>
7278 <para>
7279 <emphasis>Cluster</emphasis>
7280 (<xref endterm="Cluster.title" linkend="Cluster"></xref>)
7281 : Clusters
7282 </para>
7283 </listitem>
7284 <listitem>
7285 <para>
7286 <emphasis>SNP</emphasis> (<xref endterm="SNP.title" linkend="SNP"></xref>)
7287 : Simulated Neutral Particles
7288 </para>
7289 </listitem>
7290 <listitem>
7291 <para>
7292 <emphasis>EmTauROI</emphasis>
7293 (<xref endterm="EmTauROI.title" linkend="EmTauROI"></xref>)
7294 : Electromagnetic/Tau Region of Interest
7295 </para>
7296 </listitem>
7297 <listitem>
7298 <para>
7299 <emphasis>JetROI</emphasis>
7300 (<xref endterm="JetROI.title" linkend="JetROI"></xref>)
7301 : Jet Region of Interest
7302 </para>
7303 </listitem>
7304 <listitem>
7305 <para>
7306 <emphasis>LVL1TriggerTower</emphasis>
7307 (<xref endterm="LVL1TriggerTower.title" linkend="LVL1TriggerTower"></xref>)
7308 : Level-1 Calorimeter Trigger Input Data: E/Gamma, tau/had
7309 </para>
7310 </listitem>
7311 <listitem>
7312 <para>
7313 <emphasis>LVL1JetElement</emphasis>
7314 (<xref endterm="LVL1JetElement.title" linkend="LVL1JetElement"></xref>)
7315 : Level-1 Calorimeter Trigger Input Data: jet, ET-Miss/ET-Sum
7316 </para>
7317 </listitem>
7318 </itemizedlist>
7319 </para>
7320
7321 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7322 <sect2 id="LAr">
7323 <title id="LAr.title">7.2.1 Liquid Argon Electromagnetic Calorimeter (LAr)</title>
7324
7325 <para>
7326 The Liquid Argon Electromagnetic Calorimeter consists of a barrel and two
7327 endcaps. The barrel inner and outer radii are 150 and 198 cm, respectively.
7328 The end caps start at 315 and end at 450 cm. Each of the barrel and two
7329 end caps are made up from four samplings with separate readout. The first
7330 sampling (sampling 0) is called the presampler. Each of the four samplings
7331 is split in a large number of separate measuring cells in φ and in η.
7332 The cell geometry is projective in φ and η. The thickness of the
7333 different samplings varies with η in order to make the thickness of
7334 the two middle samplings to be a roughly constant number of radiation lengths.
7335 </para>
7336
7337 <para>
7338 A detailed description of the parameters which are common to all
7339 calorimeters may be found at
7340 <xref endterm="Calorimeter.title" linkend="Calorimeter"></xref>.
7341 </para>
7342
7343 <para>
7344 The granularity Δη×Δφ of the LAr varies over a
7345 large range depending on the sampling and pseudorapidity:
7346
7347 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
7348 <title>Granularity of LAr</title>
7349 <tgroup cols="5">
7350 <colspec colnum="1" colname="colone" colwidth="70" align="left"></colspec>
7351 <colspec colnum="2" colname="coltwo" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
7352 <colspec colnum="3" colname="colthree" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
7353 <colspec colnum="4" colname="colfour" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
7354 <colspec colnum="5" colname="colfive" colwidth="80" align="left"></colspec>
7355 <thead>
7356 <row rowsep="1">
7357 <entry></entry>
7358 <entry>Barrel</entry>
7359 <entry></entry>
7360 <entry>Endcap</entry>
7361 <entry></entry>
7362 </row>
7363 </thead>
7364 <tbody>
7365 <row rowsep="1">
7366 <entry><emphasis>Sampling</emphasis></entry>
7367 <entry>
7368 Δη×Δφ</entry>
7369 <entry>
7370 |η| range</entry>
7371 <entry>
7372 Δη×Δφ</entry>
7373 <entry>
7374 |η| range</entry>
7375 </row>
7376 <row rowsep="1">
7377 <entry>0 (pre)</entry>
7378 <entry>0.025×0.1</entry>
7379 <entry>|η|<1.52</entry>
7380 <entry>0.025×0.1</entry>
7381 <entry>1.5<|η|<1.8</entry>
7382 </row>
7383 <row rowsep="1">
7384 <entry>1</entry>
7385 <entry>0.003×0.1</entry>
7386 <entry>|η|<1.475</entry>
7387 <entry>0.025×0.1</entry>
7388 <entry>1.375<|η|<1.5</entry>
7389 </row>
7390 <row rowsep="1">
7391 <entry></entry>
7392 <entry></entry>
7393 <entry></entry>
7394 <entry>0.003×0.1</entry>
7395 <entry>1.5<|η|<1.8</entry>
7396 </row>
7397 <row rowsep="1">
7398 <entry></entry>
7399 <entry></entry>
7400 <entry></entry>
7401 <entry>0.004×0.1</entry>
7402 <entry>1.8<|η|<2.0</entry>
7403 </row>
7404 <row rowsep="1">
7405 <entry></entry>
7406 <entry></entry>
7407 <entry></entry>
7408 <entry>0.006×0.1</entry>
7409 <entry>2.0<|η|<2.5</entry>
7410 </row>
7411 <row rowsep="1">
7412 <entry></entry>
7413 <entry></entry>
7414 <entry></entry>
7415 <entry>0.1×0.1</entry>
7416 <entry>2.5<|η|<3.2</entry>
7417 </row>
7418 <row rowsep="1">
7419 <entry>2</entry>
7420 <entry>0.025×0.025</entry>
7421 <entry>|η|<1.475</entry>
7422 <entry>0.025×0.025</entry>
7423 <entry>1.375<|η|<2.5</entry>
7424 </row>
7425 <row rowsep="1">
7426 <entry></entry>
7427 <entry></entry>
7428 <entry></entry>
7429 <entry>0.1×0.1</entry>
7430 <entry>2.5<|η|<3.2</entry>
7431 </row>
7432 <row rowsep="1">
7433 <entry>3</entry>
7434 <entry>0.05×0.025</entry>
7435 <entry>|η|<1.475</entry>
7436 <entry>0.05×0.025</entry>
7437 <entry>1.5<|η|<2.5</entry></row>
7438 </tbody>
7439 </tgroup>
7440 </table>
7441 </para>
7442
7443 </sect2>
7444
7445 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7446 <sect2 id="TILE">
7447 <title id="TILE.title">7.2.2 Tile Calorimeter (TILE)</title>
7448
7449 <para>
7450 The TILE calorimeter is a sampling calorimeter using iron as the absorber
7451 and scintillating tiles as the active material. It is used to measure the
7452 hadronic energy of particles moving at small pseudorapidities. The total
7453 η coverage of the TILE is |η|<1.7. The TILE is split
7454 mechanically into three parts: barrel and left and right extended barrels.
7455 The barrel region has a pseudorapidity coverage of |η|<1.0.
7456 The extended barrel region covers the pseudorapidity range
7457 0.8<|η|<1.7. The inner radius of the calorimeter is
7458 2.28 m and the outer radius is 4.25 m. It is longitudinally segmented into
7459 three samplings. The cells are arranged in a pseudo-projective geometry
7460 with a granularity of 0.1×0.1 in Δη×Δφ for
7461 the inner two samplings and 0.2×0.1 in Δη×Δφ
7462 for the outer sampling.
7463 </para>
7464
7465 <para>
7466 A detailed description of the parameters which are common to all
7467 calorimeters may be found at
7468 <xref endterm="Calorimeter.title" linkend="Calorimeter"></xref>.
7469 </para>
7470
7471 </sect2>
7472
7473 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7474 <sect2 id="HEC">
7475 <title id="HEC.title">7.2.3 Hadronic Endcap Calorimeter (HEC)</title>
7476
7477 <para>
7478 The HEC is a liquid argon based hadronic endcap calorimeter. It is used to
7479 measure the hadronic energy of particles in the pseudorapidity range
7480 1.5<|η|<3.2.
7481 Each endcap consists of two independent
7482 wheels which are longitudinally segmented into four samplings. The cell
7483 geometry is fully projective in azimuth and pseudo-projective in
7484 pseudorapidity with a granularity of 0.1×0.1 in
7485 Δη×Δφ in the pseudorapidity range
7486 1.5<|η|<2.5 and 0.2×0.2 in
7487 Δη×Δφ in the pseudorapidity range
7488 2.5<|η|<3.2.
7489 </para>
7490
7491 <para>
7492 A detailed description of the parameters which are common to all
7493 calorimeters may be found at
7494 <xref endterm="Calorimeter.title" linkend="Calorimeter"></xref>.
7495 </para>
7496
7497 </sect2>
7498
7499 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7500 <sect2 id="FCAL">
7501 <title id="FCAL.title">7.2.4 Forward Calorimeter (FCAL)</title>
7502
7503 <para>
7504 The FCAL is a liquid argon based calorimeter providing coverage in the
7505 pseudorapidity range
7506 3.2 < |η| < 4.9.
7507 It is longitudinally
7508 segmented into three samplings. The innermost sampling uses copper as the
7509 absorbing material and is primarily used to measure electromagnetic energy.
7510 The outer two samplings use tungsten as the absorbing material and are used
7511 to measure hadronic energy. The cells have a granularity of
7512 ∼0.2×0.2 in Δη×Δφ.
7513 The FCAL is situated at a distance in Z
7514 of between 4.7 and 6.1 m from the interaction point and at a radial distance
7515 between 7 and 46 cm from the beam axis.
7516 </para>
7517
7518 <para>
7519 A detailed description of the parameters which are common to all
7520 calorimeters may be found at
7521 <xref endterm="Calorimeter.title" linkend="Calorimeter"></xref>.
7522 </para>
7523
7524 </sect2>
7525
7526 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7527 <sect2 id="Cluster">
7528 <title id="Cluster.title">7.2.5 Clusters (Cluster)</title>
7529
7530 <para>
7531 Clusters are formed from energy deposits in the cells of the
7532 liquid argon calorimeter
7533 (<xref endterm="LAr.title" linkend="LAr"></xref>).
7534 Clusters may not currently be viewed, however, cells in the
7535 liquid argon calorimeter may be colored according to their associated cluster.
7536 </para>
7537
7538 <para>
7539 The color of each cluster is defined by the <emphasis>color
7540 function</emphasis> which may be either
7541
7542 <itemizedlist>
7543 <listitem>
7544 <para>
7545 <emphasis>constant</emphasis>, in which case the
7546 <emphasis>constant</emphasis> color is used for all clusters,
7547 </para>
7548 </listitem>
7549 </itemizedlist>
7550
7551 or it may vary with each cluster being given the color of its
7552
7553 <itemizedlist>
7554 <listitem>
7555 <para>
7556 <emphasis>index</emphasis>: in the range 0 to numClusters-1,
7557 </para>
7558 </listitem>
7559 <listitem>
7560 <para>
7561 associated <emphasis>E/Gamma reconstucted object</emphasis>.
7562 </para>
7563 </listitem>
7564 </itemizedlist>
7565 </para>
7566
7567 </sect2>
7568
7569 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7570 <sect2 id="SNP">
7571 <title id="SNP.title">7.2.6 Simulated Neutral Particles in Calorimeter,
7572 Neutral Truth (SNP)</title>
7573
7574 <para>
7575 To be filled!
7576 </para>
7577
7578 </sect2>
7579
7580 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7581 <sect2 id="EmTauROI">
7582 <title id="EmTauROI.title">7.2.7 Regions Of Interest (EmTauROI)</title>
7583
7584 <para>
7585 Regions of interest are Δφ×Δη
7586 regions of solid angle defined by the trigger system.
7587 They may be viewed in the φ/η
7588 (<xref endterm="VP.title" linkend="VP"></xref>) projection and the
7589 Lego Plot (<xref endterm="LegoPlot.title" linkend="LegoPlot"></xref>).
7590 </para>
7591
7592 <para>
7593 The color of each ROI is defined by the <emphasis>color function</emphasis>
7594 which may be either
7595
7596 <itemizedlist>
7597 <listitem>
7598 <para>
7599 <emphasis>constant</emphasis>, in which case the
7600 <emphasis>constant</emphasis> color is used for all ROI's,
7601 </para>
7602 </listitem>
7603 </itemizedlist>
7604
7605 or it may vary with each ROI being given the color of its
7606
7607 <itemizedlist>
7608 <listitem>
7609 <para>
7610 <emphasis>index</emphasis>: in the range 0 to numROI-1.
7611 </para>
7612 </listitem>
7613 </itemizedlist>
7614 </para>
7615
7616 <para>
7617 More information about colors in Atlantis is given in
7618 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>.
7619 </para>
7620
7621 </sect2>
7622
7623 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7624 <sect2 id="JetROI">
7625 <title id="JetROI.title">7.2.8 Jet Region of Interest (JetROI)</title>
7626
7627 <para>
7628 </para>
7629
7630 </sect2>
7631
7632 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7633 <sect2 id="LVL1TriggerTower">
7634 <title id="LVL1TriggerTower.title">7.2.9 Level-1 Calorimeter Trigger Input Data:
7635 E/Gamma, tau/had (LVL1TriggerTower)</title>
7636
7637 <para>
7638 The data of reduced granularity used inside the Level-1 Calorimeter Trigger
7639 system can be displayed in the
7640 Lego Plot (<xref endterm="LegoPlot.title" linkend="LegoPlot"></xref>).
7641 The switch
7642 "View" allows to select "LVL1TriggerTower" and "LVL1JetElement". The first
7643 set is used inside the E/Gamma and tau/had trigger, the second is the jet and
7644 energysum trigger. The granularity displayed matched the real system.
7645 </para>
7646
7647 <para>
7648 The color of each Trigger data is defined by the <emphasis>color
7649 function</emphasis> which can only be <emphasis>constant</emphasis>, and the
7650 <emphasis>constant</emphasis> color is used for all Trigger data.
7651 </para>
7652
7653 <para>
7654 More information about colors in Atlantis is given in
7655 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>.
7656 </para>
7657
7658 </sect2>
7659
7660 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7661 <sect2 id="LVL1JetElement">
7662 <title id="LVL1JetElement.title">7.2.10 Level-1 Calorimeter Trigger Input Data:
7663 jet, ET-Miss/ET-Sum (LVL1JetElement)</title>
7664
7665 <para>
7666 To be filled!
7667 </para>
7668
7669 </sect2>
7670
7671 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7672 <sect2 id="Calorimeter">
7673 <title id="Calorimeter.title">7.2.11 Calorimeter Attributes</title>
7674
7675 <para>
7676 <emphasis>Available Projections</emphasis>
7677 </para>
7678
7679 <para>
7680 In Atlantis, the calorimeters
7681 (LAr (<xref endterm="LAr.title" linkend="LAr"></xref>),
7682 TILE (<xref endterm="TILE.title" linkend="TILE"></xref>),
7683 HEC (<xref endterm="HEC.title" linkend="HEC"></xref>),
7684 FCAL (<xref endterm="FCAL.title" linkend="FCAL"></xref>))
7685 can be seen in the following projections:
7686
7687 <table frame="topbot" pgwide="0">
7688 <title>Projections and calorimeters</title>
7689 <tgroup cols="2">
7690 <colspec colnum="1" colname="colone" colwidth="130" align="left"></colspec>
7691 <colspec colnum="2" colname="coltwo" colwidth="300" align="left"></colspec>
7692 <thead>
7693 <row rowsep="1">
7694 <entry>Projection</entry>
7695 <entry>Calorimeter</entry>
7696 </row>
7697 </thead>
7698 <tbody>
7699 <row rowsep="1">
7700 <entry><emphasis>Y/X
7701 (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>)</emphasis>
7702 </entry>
7703 <entry>LAr barrel, TILE barrel and extended barrel</entry>
7704 </row>
7705 <row rowsep="1">
7706 <entry><emphasis>ρ/Z
7707 (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>)</emphasis></entry>
7708 <entry>LAr barrel and endcap, TILE, HEC and FCAL</entry>
7709 </row>
7710 <row rowsep="1">
7711 <entry><emphasis>φ/ρ
7712 (<xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>)</emphasis>
7713 </entry>
7714 <entry>LAr barrel, TILE barrel and extended barrel</entry>
7715 </row>
7716 <row rowsep="1">
7717 <entry><emphasis>φ/Z
7718 (<xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>)</emphasis>
7719 </entry>
7720 <entry>LAr endcap and HEC</entry>
7721 </row>
7722 <row rowsep="1">
7723 <entry><emphasis>φ/η
7724 (<xref endterm="VP.title" linkend="VP"></xref>)</emphasis>
7725 </entry>
7726 <entry>LAr, TILE, HEC, FCAL</entry></row>
7727 </tbody>
7728 </tgroup>
7729 </table>
7730 </para>
7731
7732 <para>
7733 <emphasis>Cells</emphasis>
7734 </para>
7735
7736 <para>
7737 To display only the calorimeter histograms without the calorimeter cells
7738 the cells must be switched off via the <emphasis>Cells</emphasis> parameter.
7739 </para>
7740
7741 <para>
7742 <emphasis>Energy Representation</emphasis>
7743 </para>
7744
7745 <para>
7746 The energy deposited in a calorimeter cell is represented by a polygon
7747 whose area is proportional to the energy in that cell. The process of
7748 generating such a polygon is:
7749
7750 <itemizedlist>
7751 <listitem>
7752 <para>
7753 Calculate the real shape of the cell.
7754 </para>
7755 </listitem>
7756 <listitem>
7757 <para>
7758 Get the centroid of the cell.
7759 </para>
7760 </listitem>
7761 <listitem>
7762 <para>
7763 Scale the cell with respect to the centroid according to the
7764 energy density in the cell.
7765 </para>
7766 </listitem>
7767 </itemizedlist>
7768
7769 The scaling according to energy density (calibration) can be done in
7770 different ways according to the <emphasis>Energy Calibration</emphasis>
7771 parameter:
7772
7773 <itemizedlist>
7774 <listitem>
7775 <para>
7776 Overall calibration - a single calibration for all the
7777 calorimeters.
7778 Allows to compare energy deposition in different calorimeters.
7779 </para>
7780 </listitem>
7781 <listitem>
7782 <para>
7783 By Energy Type calibration - two independent calibrations for
7784 electromagnetic and hadronic energies.
7785 </para>
7786 </listitem>
7787 <listitem>
7788 <para>
7789 By calorimeter calibration - a separate calibration for each
7790 calorimeter.
7791 </para>
7792 </listitem>
7793 </itemizedlist>
7794
7795 Additionally, the user can change the default calibration by switching on
7796 the <emphasis>E/S</emphasis> parameter and specifying for each calorimeter
7797 independently
7798 a different value of energy density than that automatically calculated by
7799 the program. The value of energy density calculated automatically corresponds
7800 to that which would completely fill the geometrical area of the cell with
7801 the highest density.
7802 </para>
7803
7804 <para>
7805 <emphasis>Overlapping Cells</emphasis>
7806 </para>
7807
7808 <para>
7809 In some projections the cells of the same calorimeter may be overlaid on
7810 top of each other. In this case the user has two options in displaying
7811 them according to the <emphasis>Energy Mode</emphasis> parameter:
7812
7813 <itemizedlist>
7814 <listitem>
7815 <para>
7816 Display the energy <emphasis>Sum</emphasis> - the energy
7817 displayed is the sum of that in all the overlapping cells.
7818 </para>
7819 </listitem>
7820 <listitem>
7821 <para>
7822 Display the energy <emphasis>Maximum</emphasis> - the maximum
7823 energy cell of all the overlapping cells is calculated and displayed.
7824 </para>
7825 </listitem>
7826 </itemizedlist>
7827 </para>
7828
7829 <para>
7830 <emphasis>Coloring Schemes</emphasis>
7831 </para>
7832
7833 <para>
7834 The scaled-by-energy-density cells can be colored in different ways
7835 according to the <emphasis>Color Function</emphasis> parameter:
7836
7837 <itemizedlist>
7838 <listitem>
7839 <para>
7840 <emphasis>Constant</emphasis> - a single color is used, which
7841 is given by the <emphasis>Constant</emphasis> parameter.
7842 </para>
7843 </listitem>
7844 <listitem>
7845 <para>
7846 <emphasis>Sub Detector</emphasis> - the cells are colored by
7847 the sub detector in which they are.
7848 </para>
7849 </listitem>
7850 <listitem>
7851 <para>
7852 <emphasis>Cluster</emphasis> - coloring by energy cluster
7853 which comes with data.
7854 If the cell does not belong to any cluster it is colored using the color
7855 defined by <emphasis>Unconnected</emphasis> parameter.
7856 </para>
7857 </listitem>
7858 <listitem>
7859 <para>
7860 <emphasis>Sampling</emphasis> - coloring by the
7861 sampling(layer) in which the cell is.
7862 </para>
7863 </listitem>
7864 <listitem>
7865 <para>
7866 <emphasis>Jet</emphasis> - coloring by the jet to which the
7867 cell is associated.
7868 </para>
7869 </listitem>
7870 </itemizedlist>
7871 </para>
7872
7873 <para>
7874 <emphasis>Cell Frames and Geometry</emphasis>
7875 </para>
7876
7877 <para>
7878 Each cell may have a frame which is drawn on the boundary of the cells
7879 polygon. The color and the width of this frame can be given by setting
7880 the <emphasis>Frame</emphasis> and <emphasis>Frame Width</emphasis>
7881 parameters. Whether the frame is drawn or not is controlled by the state of
7882 the <emphasis>Frame</emphasis> parameter.
7883 </para>
7884
7885 <para>
7886 In some cases it may be useful to see not only the scaled cells but also
7887 the initial (real) cells. This can be obtained by switching on the
7888 <emphasis>Cell Geometry</emphasis> parameter. The background color used to
7889 draw the cell geometry is given by the value of the same parameter.
7890 </para>
7891
7892 <para>
7893 <emphasis>Histograms</emphasis>
7894 </para>
7895
7896 <para>
7897 Another possibility to represent the energy deposition in the calorimeters
7898 is by Histograms. Where appropriate the energy deposition is summed over
7899 layers and depth. A histogram can be obtained by switching on the
7900 <emphasis>Histogram</emphasis> parameter. The histogram can get different
7901 colors according to the value of the <emphasis>Histogram</emphasis> parameter.
7902 They can also have a frame with a color given by the
7903 <emphasis>Histo Frame</emphasis> parameter.
7904 </para>
7905
7906 <para>
7907 The energy is represented as the length of the histogram tower.
7908 The energy to length mapping can be customized by changing the value of
7909 <emphasis>Histo Scale</emphasis> parameter.
7910 </para>
7911
7912 </sect2>
7913
7914 </sect1>
7915
7916 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7917 <sect1 id="MuonDet">
7918 <title id="MuonDet.title">7.3 Muon Detector (MuonDet)</title>
7919
7920 <para>
7921 Control of the attributes of data from the muon system, namely:
7922
7923 <itemizedlist>
7924 <listitem>
7925 <para>
7926 <emphasis>Track</emphasis>
7927 (<xref endterm="MuonTrack.title" linkend="MuonTrack"></xref>)
7928 : Reconstructed Track Collections
7929 </para>
7930 </listitem>
7931 <listitem>
7932 <para>
7933 <emphasis>Segment</emphasis>
7934 (<xref endterm="MuonSegment.title" linkend="MuonSegment"></xref>)
7935 : Segments of Muon Tracks
7936 </para>
7937 </listitem>
7938 <listitem>
7939 <para>
7940 <emphasis>MDT</emphasis> (<xref endterm="MDT.title" linkend="MDT"></xref>)
7941 : Monitored Drift Tubes
7942 </para>
7943 </listitem>
7944 <listitem>
7945 <para>
7946 <emphasis>CSC</emphasis> (<xref endterm="CSC.title" linkend="CSC"></xref>)
7947 : Cathode Strip Chambers
7948 </para>
7949 </listitem>
7950 <listitem>
7951 <para>
7952 <emphasis>RPC</emphasis> (<xref endterm="RPC.title" linkend="RPC"></xref>)
7953 : Resistive Plate Chambers
7954 </para>
7955 </listitem>
7956 <listitem>
7957 <para>
7958 <emphasis>TGC</emphasis> (<xref endterm="TGC.title" linkend="TGC"></xref>)
7959 : Thin Gap Chambers
7960 </para>
7961 </listitem>
7962 <listitem>
7963 <para>
7964 <emphasis>SMTr</emphasis> (<xref endterm="SMTr.title" linkend="SMTr"></xref>)
7965 : Simulated Muon tracks
7966 </para>
7967 </listitem>
7968 <listitem>
7969 <para>
7970 <emphasis>MuonROI</emphasis>
7971 (<xref endterm="MuonROI.title" linkend="MuonROI"></xref>)
7972 : Muon Region of Interest
7973 </para>
7974 </listitem>
7975 </itemizedlist>
7976 </para>
7977
7978 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
7979 <sect2 id="MDT">
7980 <title id="MDT.title">7.3.1 Monitored Drift Tubes (MDT)</title>
7981
7982 <para>
7983 The MDT's provide precision tracking of muons, bending in the toroidal
7984 magnetic field, over a cylindrical region of 11m in radius and 23 m in
7985 half-length. Each MDT is a straw with a diameter of 3 cm and a length in
7986 the range from 70 to 630 cm. The drift radius within each straw is measured
7987 with a precision of ≈80µm. The straws are grouped in modules
7988 which are rectangular in the barrel region and trapezoidal in the endcap
7989 regions. The modules are arranged in three radial stations in the barrel
7990 and three axial stations in the endcaps, and 16 sectors in azimuth.
7991 Within each module the straws are arranged in two groups of multi-layers,
7992 with four straws in each multi-layer in the inner station and three straws
7993 in each multi-layer in the middle and outer stations.
7994 </para>
7995
7996 <para>
7997 <emphasis>Viewing MDT Data</emphasis>
7998 </para>
7999
8000 <para>
8001 Within each sector, straws are aligned perpendicular to the radial line
8002 joining the nominal origin to the center of that sector.
8003 The data from the MDT straws are best viewed in the X'/Z projection
8004 (<xref endterm="XZ.title" linkend="XZ"></xref>) by
8005 selecting the azimuthal angle of its corresponding sector by switching on
8006 the <emphasis>MDT Sector</emphasis> mode and selecting the appropriate sector
8007 number.
8008 Sector number 0 is at 3 o'clock and the sector numbers increase in a
8009 counter-clockwise direction. The selected sector is shown on the top half
8010 of the picture and the geometrically opposite sector is shown on the
8011 bottom half. The MDT hits are normally viewed as circles but they can be
8012 drawn as lines by selecting the appropriate <emphasis>mode</emphasis>.
8013 In the X'/Z projection
8014 (<xref endterm="XZ.title" linkend="XZ"></xref>) the
8015 MDT hits may be compared directly to the tracks measured in the muon system.
8016 </para>
8017
8018 <para>
8019 In the ρ/Z projection
8020 (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>) the
8021 MDT data are represented in an approximate way, essentially the
8022 X'/Z projection of all
8023 16 MDT sectors are drawn superimposed, with 8 in the top half of the
8024 picture and 8 in the bottom. In this way one can easily see the data
8025 from all 16 sectors in the same picture. However ρ is only approximated
8026 for these MDT hits which can therefore only be approximately compared to
8027 tracks measured in the muon system which are still drawn with their true
8028 ρ.
8029 </para>
8030
8031 <para>
8032 <emphasis>Graphical Representation</emphasis>
8033 </para>
8034
8035 <para>
8036 The color of each hit is defined by the <emphasis>color function</emphasis>
8037 which may be either
8038
8039 <itemizedlist>
8040 <listitem>
8041 <para>
8042 <emphasis>constant</emphasis>, in which case the
8043 <emphasis>constant</emphasis> color is used for all hits,
8044 </para>
8045 </listitem>
8046 </itemizedlist>
8047
8048 or it may vary with each hit being given the color of its associated
8049
8050 <itemizedlist>
8051 <listitem>
8052 <para>
8053 <emphasis>simulated track</emphasis>, the colors of
8054 <emphasis>unconnected</emphasis> and <emphasis>shared</emphasis> hits can
8055 be selected,
8056 </para>
8057 </listitem>
8058 <listitem>
8059 <para>
8060 <emphasis>reconstructed track</emphasis>, the colors of
8061 <emphasis>unconnected</emphasis> and <emphasis>shared</emphasis> hits can
8062 be selected,
8063 </para>
8064 </listitem>
8065 <listitem>
8066 <para>
8067 <emphasis>subdetector</emphasis> (Endcap-,Barrel,Endcap+).
8068 </para>
8069 </listitem>
8070 </itemizedlist>
8071 </para>
8072
8073 <para>
8074 More information about colors in Atlantis is given in
8075 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>.
8076 </para>
8077
8078 </sect2>
8079
8080 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8081 <sect2 id="CSC">
8082 <title id="CSC.title">7.3.2 Cathode Strip Chambers (CSC)</title>
8083
8084 <para>
8085 The CSC's are used to provide precision coordinates in the extreme
8086 endcap regions (η>1.9) where MDT's
8087 (<xref endterm="MDT.title" linkend="MDT"></xref>) can't be used.
8088 They are multiwire proportional chambers with cathode strip readout.
8089 The precision coordinaate is obtained by measuring the charge induced
8090 on a segmented cathode by the avalanche produced on an anode wire.
8091 The cathode strips for the precision measurement are oriented orthogonal
8092 to the anode wires. High precision is obtained by charge interpolation
8093 between neighbouring strips on the segmented cathode. The anode wire pitch
8094 is 2.54 mm and the cathode readout pitch is 5.08 mm. The precision
8095 coordinate is measured from a cluster of neighbouring strips with a
8096 resolution of around 60 µm. A second orthogonal coordinate is
8097 measured with less precision from cathode strips oriented parallel to
8098 the anode wires (this coordinaate is not yet available in Atlantis).
8099 The resolution of the precision coordinaate measurement is sensitive to
8100 the Lorentz angle and the chambers are therefore oriented so that high
8101 momentum tracks originating from the interaction enter at normal incidence.
8102 CSC's are arranged in two layers of modules each of which provides
8103 four coordinate measurements.
8104 </para>
8105
8106 <para>
8107 <emphasis>Viewing CSC strips and clusters</emphasis>
8108 </para>
8109
8110 <para>
8111 The precision cathode strips are aligned parallel to the MDT
8112 (<xref endterm="MDT.title" linkend="MDT"></xref>) straws and may
8113 be best viewed together with them in the X'/Z
8114 (<xref endterm="XZ.title" linkend="XZ"></xref>) and ρ/Z
8115 projections (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>).
8116 The user may select <emphasis>data</emphasis> from the strips, the clusters
8117 formed from the strips or both. The strips are represented as a histogram of
8118 the measured charge. The clusters are respresented by a line corresponding
8119 to the one standard deviation uncertainty on the position measurement.
8120 </para>
8121
8122 <para>
8123 <emphasis>Graphical Representation</emphasis>
8124 </para>
8125
8126 <para>
8127 The color of each strip is defined by the <emphasis>strip</emphasis> color.
8128 </para>
8129
8130 <para>
8131 The color of each cluster is defined by the
8132 <emphasis>color function</emphasis> which may be either
8133
8134 <itemizedlist>
8135 <listitem>
8136 <para>
8137 <emphasis>constant</emphasis>, in which case the
8138 <emphasis>constant</emphasis> color is used for all hits,
8139 </para>
8140 </listitem>
8141 </itemizedlist>
8142
8143 or it may vary with each hit being given the color of its associated
8144
8145 <itemizedlist>
8146 <listitem>
8147 <para>
8148 <emphasis>simulated track</emphasis>, the colors of
8149 <emphasis>unconnected</emphasis> and <emphasis>shared</emphasis> hits can
8150 be selected,
8151 </para>
8152 </listitem>
8153 <listitem>
8154 <para>
8155 <emphasis>reconstructed track</emphasis>, the colors of
8156 <emphasis>unconnected</emphasis> and <emphasis>shared</emphasis> hits can
8157 be selected,
8158 </para>
8159 </listitem>
8160 <listitem>
8161 <para>
8162 <emphasis>subdetector</emphasis> (Endcap-,Endcap+).
8163 </para>
8164 </listitem>
8165 </itemizedlist>
8166 </para>
8167
8168 <para>
8169 More information about colors in Atlantis is given in
8170 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>.
8171 </para>
8172
8173 </sect2>
8174
8175 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8176 <sect2 id="RPC">
8177 <title id="RPC.title">7.3.3 Resistive Plate Chambers (RPC)</title>
8178
8179 <para>
8180 The RPC's are mainly used to provide a muon trigger but they also
8181 provide a second coordinate measurement orthogonal to those from the MDT's
8182 (<xref endterm="MDT.title" linkend="MDT"></xref>). The RPC's are
8183 present only in the barrel region, in the endcap regions the same role
8184 is performed by the TGC's (<xref endterm="TGC.title" linkend="TGC"></xref>).
8185 Each RPC module
8186 consists of two rectangular chambers. Each of these chambers are read
8187 out by an orthogonal series of pick-up strips. The η-strips are
8188 parallel to the MDT straws and the φ-strips are orthogonal to the
8189 MDT straws. The strip pitch varies between 3 and 4 cm. Two RPC modules
8190 are arranged on the inner and outer faces of each MDT module in the middle
8191 station and a third is positioned on either the inner or outer face of
8192 each MDT module in the outer station.
8193 </para>
8194
8195 <para>
8196 <emphasis>Viewing RPC strips</emphasis>
8197 </para>
8198
8199 <para>
8200 The η-strips are aligned parallel to the MDT
8201 (<xref endterm="MDT.title" linkend="MDT"></xref>)
8202 straws and may be best viewed together with them in the X'/Z
8203 (<xref endterm="XZ.title" linkend="XZ"></xref>) and ρ/Z
8204 projections (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>).
8205 The φ-strips may be best viewed in the Y/X
8206 (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>) and φ/ρ
8207 (<xref endterm="FR.title" linkend="FR"></xref>) projections.
8208 </para>
8209
8210 <para>
8211 <emphasis>R3D: RPC space points</emphasis>
8212 </para>
8213
8214 <para>
8215 From pairs of orthogonal strips belonging to the same RPC chamber a
8216 small 3D box may be formed. These R3D hits, which are currently constructed
8217 internally in Atlantis from the RPC strips, may be viewed in any projection.
8218 The formation of these R3D hits from there corresponding strips is best
8219 visualised in the RPC <emphasis>View</emphasis>'s of the φ/Z projection
8220 (<xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>).
8221 </para>
8222
8223 <para>
8224 <emphasis>Graphical Representation</emphasis>
8225 </para>
8226
8227 <para>
8228 The color of each hit is defined by the <emphasis>color function</emphasis>
8229 which may be either
8230
8231 <itemizedlist>
8232 <listitem>
8233 <para>
8234 <emphasis>constant</emphasis>, in which case the
8235 <emphasis>constant</emphasis> color is used for all hits,
8236 </para>
8237 </listitem>
8238 </itemizedlist>
8239
8240 or it may vary with each hit being given the color of its associated
8241
8242 <itemizedlist>
8243 <listitem>
8244 <para>
8245 <emphasis>simulated track</emphasis>, the colors of
8246 <emphasis>unconnected</emphasis> and <emphasis>shared</emphasis> hits can
8247 be selected,
8248 </para>
8249 </listitem>
8250 <listitem>
8251 <para>
8252 <emphasis>reconstructed track</emphasis>, the colors of
8253 <emphasis>unconnected</emphasis> and <emphasis>shared</emphasis> hits can
8254 be selected,
8255 </para>
8256 </listitem>
8257 </itemizedlist>
8258
8259 or each hit may be given a color which indicates whether it is part
8260 of an R3D space point
8261
8262 <itemizedlist>
8263 <listitem>
8264 <para>
8265 <emphasis>is3D</emphasis>.
8266 </para>
8267 </listitem>
8268 </itemizedlist>
8269 </para>
8270
8271 <para>
8272 More information about colors in Atlantis is given in
8273 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>.
8274 </para>
8275
8276 </sect2>
8277
8278 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8279 <sect2 id="TGC">
8280 <title id="TGC.title">7.3.4 Thin Gap Chambers (TGC)</title>
8281
8282 <para>
8283 The TGC's are present only in the endcap regions, in the barrel
8284 region the same role is performed by the
8285 RPC's (<xref endterm="RPC.title" linkend="RPC"></xref>).
8286 The TGC's are mainly used to provide a muon trigger but they also
8287 provide a second coordinate measurement orthogonal to those from the
8288 MDT's (<xref endterm="MDT.title" linkend="MDT"></xref>).
8289 TGC modules are constructed from either doublets or triplets of chambers.
8290 There is a doublet module in the inner station which is used only to
8291 provide the second coordinate measurement. There are two doublet modules
8292 and one triplet module in the middle station which are used to provide
8293 both the trigger and second coordinate measurement. Each chamber consists
8294 of orthogonal sets of anode wires and cathode readout strips.
8295 The anode wires are parallel to the MDT straws and the cathode strips are
8296 orthogonal to both the MDT straws and the beam axis. The anode wires are
8297 read out in groups leading to an effective pitch between 0.7 and 3.6 cm.
8298 The cathode strip pitch is ?.? cm.
8299 </para>
8300
8301 <para>
8302 <emphasis>Viewing TGC strips and wires</emphasis>
8303 </para>
8304
8305 <para>
8306 The anode wires are aligned parallel to the MDT
8307 (<xref endterm="MDT.title" linkend="MDT"></xref>)
8308 straws and may be best viewed together with them in the X'/Z
8309 (<xref endterm="XZ.title" linkend="XZ"></xref>) and ρ/Z
8310 (<xref endterm="RZ.title" linkend="RZ"></xref>) projections.
8311 The cathode strips may be best viewed in the φ/Z
8312 (<xref endterm="FZ.title" linkend="FZ"></xref>) projection.
8313 </para>
8314
8315 <para>
8316 <emphasis>T3D: TGC space points</emphasis>
8317 </para>
8318
8319 <para>
8320 From pairs of orthogonal strips and wires belonging to the same TGC
8321 chamber a small 3D box may be formed. These T3D hits, which are currently
8322 constructed internally in Atlantis from the TGC data, may be viewed in
8323 any projection. The formation of these T3D hits from their corresponding
8324 strips and wires is best visualised in the TGC <emphasis>View</emphasis>'s of
8325 the Y/X projection (<xref endterm="YX.title" linkend="YX"></xref>).
8326 </para>
8327
8328 <para>
8329 <emphasis>Graphical Representation</emphasis>
8330 </para>
8331
8332 <para>
8333 The color of each hit is defined by the <emphasis>color function</emphasis>
8334 which may be either
8335
8336 <itemizedlist>
8337 <listitem>
8338 <para>
8339 <emphasis>constant</emphasis>, in which case the
8340 <emphasis>constant</emphasis> color is used for all hits,
8341 </para>
8342 </listitem>
8343 </itemizedlist>
8344
8345 or it may vary with each hit being given the color of its associated
8346
8347 <itemizedlist>
8348 <listitem>
8349 <para>
8350 <emphasis>simulated track</emphasis>, the colors of
8351 <emphasis>unconnected</emphasis> and <emphasis>shared</emphasis> hits can
8352 be selected,
8353 </para>
8354 </listitem>
8355 <listitem>
8356 <para>
8357 <emphasis>reconstructed track</emphasis>, the colors of
8358 <emphasis>unconnected</emphasis> and <emphasis>shared</emphasis> hits can
8359 be selected,
8360 </para>
8361 </listitem>
8362 <listitem>
8363 <para>
8364 <emphasis>subdetector</emphasis> (Endcap-,Endcap+),
8365 </para>
8366 </listitem>
8367 </itemizedlist>
8368
8369 or each hit may be given a color which indicates whether it is
8370 part of an T3D space point
8371
8372 <itemizedlist>
8373 <listitem>
8374 <para>
8375 <emphasis>is3D</emphasis>.
8376 </para>
8377 </listitem>
8378 </itemizedlist>
8379 </para>
8380
8381 <para>
8382 More information about colors in Atlantis is given in
8383 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>.
8384 </para>
8385
8386 </sect2>
8387
8388 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8389 <sect2 id="SMTr">
8390 <title id="SMTr.title">7.3.5 Simulated Muon Tracks (SMTr)</title>
8391
8392 <para>
8393 Simulated muon tracks from the Monte Carlo truth information. The paths
8394 of these tracks may pass through material and regions of non-uniform
8395 magnetic fields. They are stored a three dimensional polyline, with a
8396 high density of points in the region of active MDT
8397 (<xref endterm="MDT.title" linkend="MDT"></xref>), RPC
8398 (<xref endterm="RPC.title" linkend="RPC"></xref>) and TGC detectors
8399 (<xref endterm="TGC.title" linkend="TGC"></xref>),
8400 and a lower density of points elsewhere.
8401 </para>
8402
8403 <para>
8404 The color of each simulated track is defined by the
8405 <emphasis>color function</emphasis> which may be either
8406
8407 <itemizedlist>
8408 <listitem>
8409 <para>
8410 <emphasis>constant</emphasis>, in which case the
8411 <emphasis>constant</emphasis> color is used for all tracks,
8412 </para>
8413 </listitem>
8414 </itemizedlist>
8415
8416 or it may vary with each track being given the color of its
8417
8418 <itemizedlist>
8419 <listitem>
8420 <para>
8421 <emphasis>index</emphasis>: in the range 0 to numSMTr-1,
8422 </para>
8423 </listitem>
8424 <listitem>
8425 <para>
8426 <emphasis>identifier</emphasis>.
8427 </para>
8428 </listitem>
8429 </itemizedlist>
8430
8431 Track images are easier recognised if tracks get a black
8432 <emphasis>frame</emphasis> with a small <emphasis>frame width</emphasis>,
8433 especially in the V-plot if calorimeters are displayed as well.
8434 </para>
8435
8436 <para>
8437 More information about colors in Atlantis is given in
8438 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>.
8439 </para>
8440
8441 </sect2>
8442
8443 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8444 <sect2 id="MuonSegment">
8445 <title id="MuonSegment.title">7.3.6 Segments of Muon Tracks (Segment)</title>
8446
8447 <para>
8448 To be filled!
8449 </para>
8450
8451 </sect2>
8452
8453 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8454 <sect2 id="MuonTrack">
8455 <title id="MuonTrack.title">7.3.7 Reconstructed Muon Tracks (Track)</title>
8456
8457 <para>
8458 Muon tracks reconstructed by the MOORE package. The paths of these tracks
8459 may pass through material and regions of non-uniform magnetic fields.
8460 They are stored as a three dimensional polyline, with a high density of
8461 points in the region of active MDT
8462 (<xref endterm="MDT.title" linkend="MDT"></xref>), RPC
8463 (<xref endterm="RPC.title" linkend="RPC"></xref>) and TGC
8464 detectors (<xref endterm="TGC.title" linkend="TGC"></xref>),
8465 and a lower density of points elsewhere.
8466 </para>
8467
8468 <para>
8469 The color of each reconstructed track is defined by the
8470 <emphasis>color function</emphasis> which may be either
8471
8472 <itemizedlist>
8473 <listitem>
8474 <para>
8475 <emphasis>constant</emphasis>, in which case the
8476 <emphasis>constant</emphasis> color is used for all tracks,
8477 </para>
8478 </listitem>
8479 </itemizedlist>
8480
8481 or it may vary with each track being given the color of its
8482
8483 <itemizedlist>
8484 <listitem>
8485 <para>
8486 <emphasis>index</emphasis>: in the range 0 to numMTr-1,
8487 </para>
8488 </listitem>
8489 <listitem>
8490 <para>
8491 <emphasis>identifier</emphasis>.
8492 </para>
8493 </listitem>
8494 </itemizedlist>
8495
8496 Track images are easier recognised if tracks get a black
8497 <emphasis>frame</emphasis> with a small <emphasis>frame width</emphasis>,
8498 especially in the V-plot if calorimeters are displayed as well.
8499 </para>
8500
8501 <para>
8502 More information about colors in Atlantis is given in
8503 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>.
8504 </para>
8505
8506 </sect2>
8507
8508 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8509 <sect2 id="MuonROI">
8510 <title id="MuonROI.title">7.3.8 Muon Region of Interest (MuonROI)</title>
8511
8512 <para>
8513 To be filled!
8514 </para>
8515
8516 </sect2>
8517
8518 </sect1>
8519
8520 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8521 <sect1 id="AOD">
8522 <title id="AOD.title">7.4 Analysis Object Data (AOD)</title>
8523
8524 <para>
8525 Control the attributes of analysis object data, namely
8526
8527 <itemizedlist>
8528 <listitem>
8529 <para>
8530 <emphasis>BJet</emphasis> (<xref endterm="BJet.title" linkend="BJet"></xref>)
8531 : B-tagged Jet
8532 </para>
8533 </listitem>
8534 <listitem>
8535 <para>
8536 <emphasis>Electron</emphasis>
8537 (<xref endterm="Electron.title" linkend="Electron"></xref>)
8538 : Electron
8539 </para>
8540 </listitem>
8541 <listitem>
8542 <para>
8543 <emphasis>Muon</emphasis>
8544 (<xref endterm="Muon.title" linkend="Muon"></xref>)
8545 : Muon
8546 </para>
8547 </listitem>
8548 <listitem>
8549 <para>
8550 <emphasis>Photon</emphasis>
8551 (<xref endterm="Photon.title" linkend="Photon"></xref>)
8552 : Photon
8553 </para>
8554 </listitem>
8555 <listitem>
8556 <para>
8557 <emphasis>TauJet</emphasis>
8558 (<xref endterm="TauJet.title" linkend="TauJet"></xref>)
8559 : Tau
8560 </para>
8561 </listitem>
8562 <listitem>
8563 <para>
8564 <emphasis>Comp.Part.</emphasis>
8565 (<xref endterm="CompPart.title" linkend="CompPart"></xref>)
8566 : Composite Particle
8567 </para>
8568 </listitem>
8569 </itemizedlist>
8570 </para>
8571
8572 <para>
8573 All AOD data is taken from the AOD Collections. It may be viewed in
8574 φ/η projection
8575 (<xref endterm="VP.title" linkend="VP"></xref>) and Lego Plot
8576 (<xref endterm="LegoPlot.title" linkend="LegoPlot"></xref>).
8577
8578 <itemizedlist>
8579 <listitem>
8580 <para>
8581 <emphasis>φ/η projection</emphasis>
8582 : AOD objects are displayed in circles, with size
8583 of the circle scales with Pt or ET. A cross ('x') in the
8584 center of the circle marks the object's position in φ and η.
8585 Detailed information of the objects can be obtained by Pick
8586 (<xref endterm="Pick.title" linkend="Pick"></xref>) on the circles.
8587 </para>
8588 </listitem>
8589 <listitem>
8590 <para>
8591 <emphasis>Lego Plot</emphasis>
8592 : Electron, Muon and Photon are displayed as towers, and the others
8593 are displayed in circles on the φη plane, with the center
8594 of the circle marks the object's position in φ and η.
8595 </para>
8596 </listitem>
8597 </itemizedlist>
8598 </para>
8599
8600 <para>
8601 The color of each AOD data is set based on a same principle. Using BJet as an
8602 example. The color of each b-tagged jet is defined by the
8603 <emphasis>color function</emphasis> which may be either
8604
8605 <itemizedlist>
8606 <listitem>
8607 <para>
8608 <emphasis>constant</emphasis>, in which case the
8609 <emphasis>constant</emphasis> color is used for all b-tagged jets,
8610 </para>
8611 </listitem>
8612 </itemizedlist>
8613
8614 or it may vary with each b-tagged jet being given the color of its
8615
8616 <itemizedlist>
8617 <listitem>
8618 <para>
8619 <emphasis>index</emphasis>: in the range 0 to numBJet-1.
8620 </para>
8621 </listitem>
8622 </itemizedlist>
8623 </para>
8624
8625 <para>
8626 More information about colors in Atlantis is given in
8627 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>.
8628 </para>
8629
8630 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8631 <sect2 id="BJet">
8632 <title id="BJet.title">7.4.1 B-tagged Jet (BJet)</title>
8633
8634 <para>
8635 To be filled!
8636 </para>
8637
8638 </sect2>
8639
8640 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8641 <sect2 id="Electron">
8642 <title id="Electron.title">7.4.2 Electron (Electron)</title>
8643
8644 <para>
8645 To be filled!
8646 </para>
8647
8648 </sect2>
8649
8650 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8651 <sect2 id="Muon">
8652 <title id="Muon.title">7.4.3 Muon (Muon)</title>
8653
8654 <para>
8655 To be filled!
8656 </para>
8657
8658 </sect2>
8659
8660 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8661 <sect2 id="Photon">
8662 <title id="Photon.title">7.4.4 Photon (Photon)</title>
8663
8664 <para>
8665 To be filled!
8666 </para>
8667
8668 </sect2>
8669
8670 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8671
8672 <sect2 id="TauJet">
8673 <title id="TauJet.title">7.4.5 Tau (TauJet)</title>
8674
8675 <para>
8676 To be filled!
8677 </para>
8678
8679 </sect2>
8680
8681 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8682 <sect2 id="CompPart">
8683 <title id="CompPart.title">7.4.6 Composite Particle (CompPart)</title>
8684
8685 <para>
8686 To be filled!
8687 </para>
8688
8689 </sect2>
8690
8691 </sect1>
8692
8693 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8694 <sect1 id="ATLAS">
8695 <title id="ATLAS.title">7.5 Whole Detector (ATLAS)</title>
8696
8697 <para>
8698 Control the attributes of data from the whole detector, namely
8699
8700 <itemizedlist>
8701 <listitem>
8702 <para>
8703 <emphasis>Jet</emphasis> (<xref endterm="Jet.title" linkend="Jet"></xref>)
8704 : Jet Collections
8705 </para>
8706 </listitem>
8707 <listitem>
8708 <para>
8709 <emphasis>ETMis</emphasis>
8710 (<xref endterm="ETMis.title" linkend="ETMis"></xref>)
8711 : Missing ET Collections
8712 </para>
8713 </listitem>
8714 <listitem>
8715 <para>
8716 <emphasis>Detector</emphasis>
8717 (<xref endterm="Det.title" linkend="Det"></xref>)
8718 : Constant Colors of Detector
8719 </para>
8720 </listitem>
8721 </itemizedlist>
8722 </para>
8723
8724 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8725 <sect2 id="Jet">
8726 <title id="Jet.title">7.5.1 Jet Collections (Jet)</title>
8727
8728 <para>
8729 Jets are formed from energy deposits in the cells of the calorimeters.
8730 Jets may currently only be viewed in the φ/η projection
8731 (<xref endterm="VP.title" linkend="VP"></xref>),
8732 where they are represented by a circle centred on the jet direction with an
8733 area proportional to the jet energy.
8734 </para>
8735
8736 <para>
8737 The color of each jet is defined by the <emphasis>color function</emphasis>
8738 which may be either
8739
8740 <itemizedlist>
8741 <listitem>
8742 <para>
8743 <emphasis>constant</emphasis>, in which case the
8744 <emphasis>constant</emphasis> color is used for all jets,
8745 </para>
8746 </listitem>
8747 </itemizedlist>
8748
8749 or it may vary with each jet being given the color of its
8750
8751 <itemizedlist>
8752 <listitem>
8753 <para>
8754 <emphasis>index</emphasis>: in the range 0 to numJet-1.
8755 </para>
8756 </listitem>
8757 </itemizedlist>
8758 </para>
8759
8760 <para>
8761 More information about colors in Atlantis is given in
8762 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>.
8763 </para>
8764
8765 </sect2>
8766
8767 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8768 <sect2 id="ETMis">
8769 <title id="ETMis.title">7.5.2 Missing ET Collections (ETMis)</title>
8770
8771 <para>
8772 To be filled!
8773 </para>
8774
8775 </sect2>
8776
8777 </sect1>
8778
8779 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8780
8781 <sect1 id="Det">
8782 <title id="Det.title">7.6 Detector Colors (Det)</title>
8783
8784 <para>
8785 This section lists detector elements and their color attributes.
8786 Toggle switches are used to display/hide elements and choice menus are used
8787 to select colors. The options are:
8788
8789 <itemizedlist>
8790 <listitem>
8791 <para>
8792 Pixel color
8793 </para>
8794 </listitem>
8795 <listitem>
8796 <para>
8797 SCT color
8798 </para>
8799 </listitem>
8800 <listitem>
8801 <para>
8802 TRT color
8803 </para>
8804 </listitem>
8805 <listitem>
8806 <para>
8807 Solenoid color
8808 </para>
8809 </listitem>
8810 <listitem>
8811 <para>
8812 LAr calorimeter color
8813 </para>
8814 </listitem>
8815 <listitem>
8816 <para>
8817 Tile calorimeter color
8818 </para>
8819 </listitem>
8820 <listitem>
8821 <para>
8822 RPC color
8823 </para>
8824 </listitem>
8825 <listitem>
8826 <para>
8827 TGC color
8828 </para>
8829 </listitem>
8830 <listitem>
8831 <para>
8832 MDT color
8833 </para>
8834 </listitem>
8835 <listitem>
8836 <para>
8837 CSC color
8838 </para>
8839 </listitem>
8840 <listitem>
8841 <para>
8842 Background color
8843 </para>
8844 </listitem>
8845 <listitem>
8846 <para>
8847 InDet geometry detail
8848 </para>
8849 </listitem>
8850 <listitem>
8851 <para>
8852 Calorimetry cell structure
8853 </para>
8854 </listitem>
8855 <listitem>
8856 <para>
8857 Show detectors
8858 </para>
8859 </listitem>
8860 <listitem>
8861 <para>
8862 Show detectors outline
8863 </para>
8864 </listitem>
8865 </itemizedlist>
8866 </para>
8867
8868 <para>
8869 More information about detector colors and element display are given in
8870 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref> and
8871 <xref endterm="Attributes.title" linkend="Attributes"></xref>.
8872 </para>
8873
8874 </sect1>
8875
8876 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8877 <sect1 id="GenInfo">
8878 <title id="GenInfo.title">7.7 General Information</title>
8879
8880 <para>
8881 This section contains general information about system wide parameters:
8882
8883 <itemizedlist>
8884 <listitem>
8885 <para>
8886 <xref endterm="ColorUse.title" linkend="ColorUse"></xref>
8887 </para>
8888 </listitem>
8889 <listitem>
8890 <para>
8891 <xref endterm="Attributes.title" linkend="Attributes"></xref>
8892 </para>
8893 </listitem>
8894 </itemizedlist>
8895 </para>
8896
8897 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8898 <sect2 id="ColorUse">
8899 <title id="ColorUse.title">7.7.1 About the Use of Colors</title>
8900
8901 <para>
8902 The Atlantis projections (except the φ/η projection)
8903 are chosen in such a way that detector volumes do not overlap. Therefore,
8904 one can replace transparent wire frame images by filled areas surrounded
8905 by frames, which are easier to perceive intuitively. The fill colors of
8906 the various detectors and of the background may be modified.
8907 </para>
8908
8909 <para>
8910 <emphasis>N.B.:</emphasis>
8911 </para>
8912
8913 <para>
8914 Small points, lines or cells are better distinguished from background with
8915 high intensity contrast. The intensity I of colors can be very roughly
8916 estimated, by:
8917 </para>
8918
8919 <para>
8920 I = 4×I<subscript>green</subscript> +
8921 2×I<subscript>red</subscript>
8922 + b×I<subscript>blue</subscript> with b between 0.5 and 1.
8923 </para>
8924
8925 <para>
8926 <emphasis>N.B.:</emphasis>
8927 </para>
8928
8929 <para>
8930 Blue or magenta backgrounds change colors of very small objects:
8931 yellow to white, green to cyan and red to magenta.
8932 </para>
8933
8934 <para>
8935 When <emphasis>printing</emphasis> on normal quality color printers it is
8936 advisable to
8937 avoid muted colors for areas onto which small objects are drawn. Therefore
8938 printed files have their own color set, which takes this into account.
8939 Print colors may therefore be different from display colors.
8940 </para>
8941
8942 <para>
8943 <emphasis>N.B.:</emphasis>
8944 </para>
8945
8946 <para>
8947 The background color of the φ/η projection
8948 (<xref endterm="VP.title" linkend="VP"></xref>)
8949 is controlled by the projection and may be modified there.
8950 </para>
8951
8952 </sect2>
8953
8954 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
8955 <sect2 id="Attributes">
8956 <title id="Attributes.title">7.7.2 Graphics Attributes of Hits</title>
8957
8958 <para>
8959 In general point-like hit data are displayed as <emphasis>symbols</emphasis>
8960 which may be chosen from
8961
8962 <itemizedlist>
8963 <listitem>
8964 <para>
8965 <emphasis>filled square</emphasis>
8966 </para>
8967 </listitem>
8968 <listitem>
8969 <para>
8970 <emphasis>horizontal line</emphasis>
8971 </para>
8972 </listitem>
8973 <listitem>
8974 <para>
8975 <emphasis>vertical line</emphasis>
8976 </para>
8977 </listitem>
8978 <listitem>
8979 <para>
8980 <emphasis>plus</emphasis>
8981 </para>
8982 </listitem>
8983 </itemizedlist>
8984
8985 and drawn with a size determined by the <emphasis>symbol size</emphasis>.
8986 </para>
8987
8988 <para>
8989 Tracks and non-point-like hit data are displayed as lines with a selectable
8990 <emphasis>line width</emphasis>. For non-point-like hit data (e.g. TRT) under
8991 certain
8992 zooming conditions it is possible for the two ends of the line representing
8993 each hit to be separated by very small distances, i.e., less than one pixel
8994 on the screen. In such cases hit data may not be visible if drawn as lines.
8995 To avoid this situation a <emphasis>MinSize</emphasis> may be specified such
8996 that if all
8997 the lines from a given detector have a length in screen coordinates (pixels)
8998 smaller than <emphasis>MinSize</emphasis> then the data from this detector
8999 are drawn as
9000 symbols (squares by default) with a size <emphasis>MinSize</emphasis>.
9001 Furthermore the user
9002 may force non-point-like hit data to be drawn as symbol with size
9003 <emphasis>MinSize</emphasis> using <emphasis>Force Symbols</emphasis>.
9004 </para>
9005
9006 <para>
9007 For noise hits, where noise hits are those which are not connected to
9008 simulated or reconstructed tracks (and in the case of S3D hits are ungrouped
9009 by the filter), either a special <emphasis>noise</emphasis> symbol with a
9010 special <emphasis>noise size</emphasis> or a special
9011 <emphasis>noise width</emphasis> can be selected.
9012 By default unconnected or ungrouped hits are white and not easy to
9013 distinguish from yellow hits. It is easier to distinguish noise and
9014 yellow hits when a different symbol for noise hits is set.
9015 </para>
9016
9017 <para>
9018 To better distinguish hits from tracks of the same color or from a colored
9019 background, they may get a <emphasis>frame</emphasis>, where the color can be
9020 selected, with a <emphasis>frame width</emphasis> which can be modified.
9021 </para>
9022
9023 </sect2>
9024
9025 </sect1>
9026
9027 </chapter>
9028
9029 <!--=======================================================================-->
9030 <chapter id="Athena">
9031 <title id="Athena.title">Interactive Athena</title>
9032
9033 <para>
9034 <ulink url="http://atlas.web.cern.ch/Atlas/GROUPS/SOFTWARE/OO/architecture/">
9035 Athena</ulink> can be accessed interactively from Atlantis via
9036 the Interactive Athena dialog window. This window is popped up by selecting
9037 the <emphasis>File→Interactive Athena</emphasis> menu option of the
9038 Control Window.
9039 </para>
9040
9041 <para>
9042 By means of this dialog the user is able to steer the Athena framework
9043 directly from the Atlantis display. The other necessary component is the
9044 Python script <emphasis>InteractiveServer.py</emphasis>, that is started on
9045 the Athena interactive prompt.
9046 </para>
9047
9048 <para>
9049 It is possible to perform various actions from the Atlantis dialog window as
9050 if the commands were typed on the Athena interactive prompt directly, e.g.
9051 changing/querying the values of the job options, executing the methods of
9052 Athena algtools/algorithms, directing Athena to process the next event by
9053 calling <emphasis>theApp.nextEvent()</emphasis> and eventually getting the
9054 XML event data.
9055 </para>
9056
9057 <para>
9058 <emphasis>InteractiveServer.py</emphasis> is a Python script that is used to
9059 interface the
9060 Atlantis Interactive Athena dialog and the Athena interactive Python prompt
9061 (when Athena is started by <emphasis>athena -i [job_option_file]</emphasis>).
9062 Once the
9063 script is started, the created server receives requests from the Atlantis
9064 user, processes these requests and sends the results back to Atlantis.
9065 </para>
9066
9067 <para>
9068 The CVS location of the script is
9069 <emphasis>offline/graphics/AtlantisJava/share/InteractiveServer.py</emphasis>.
9070 In the Athena environment it can be obtained by
9071 <emphasis>get_files InteractiveServer.py</emphasis> as well.
9072 </para>
9073
9074 <para>
9075 Establishing the communication between Atlantis and Athena is described in
9076 <xref endterm="AthenaSetup.title" linkend="AthenaSetup"></xref>.
9077 </para>
9078
9079 <para>
9080 Using the Athena vertex fitter from Atlantis is described in
9081 <xref endterm="AthenaVF.title" linkend="AthenaVF"></xref>.
9082 </para>
9083
9084 <para>
9085 <emphasis>N.B.</emphasis>: If the user opts for some reason not to use the
9086 Athena algtools
9087 and still be able to start <emphasis>InteractiveServer.py</emphasis>, it's
9088 possible to
9089 create the server without initialising the algtools. Before starting the
9090 script on the Python prompt by <emphasis>execfile
9091 ("InteractiveServer.py")</emphasis> it
9092 is necessary to make the following assignment:
9093 </para>
9094
9095 <para>
9096 <emphasis>argumentInteractiveServer = "NO_ALGTOOLS"</emphasis>
9097 </para>
9098
9099 <para>
9100 It is not then possible to obtain the XML event
9101 data (JiveXML algtool) or run the vertexing in Athena.
9102 </para>
9103
9104 <para>
9105 <emphasis>N.B.</emphasis>: If due to network security restrictions the
9106 connection between
9107 Atlantis and the <emphasis>InteractiveServer.py</emphasis> on the Athena
9108 prompt can't be
9109 established directly, an SSH tunnel can be created throught which both
9110 parties should be able to connect.
9111 </para>
9112
9113 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
9114 <sect1 id="AthenaSetup">
9115 <title id="AthenaSetup.title">8.1 Setting up Atlantis ↔
9116 Interactive Athena communication</title>
9117
9118 <para>
9119 <itemizedlist>
9120 <listitem>
9121 <para>
9122 Atlantis has been started (most likely on the local machine)
9123 </para>
9124 </listitem>
9125 <listitem>
9126 <para>
9127 Athena environment is set up (most likely run remotely)
9128 </para>
9129 </listitem>
9130 <listitem>
9131 <para>
9132 Getting <emphasis>InteractiveServer.py</emphasis> to the run
9133 directory: <emphasis>get_files InteractiveServer.py</emphasis>
9134 (or copy from CVS)
9135 </para>
9136 </listitem>
9137 <listitem>
9138 <para>
9139 Starting Athena in the interactive mode:
9140 <emphasis>athena -i myTopOptions.py</emphasis>
9141 </para>
9142 </listitem>
9143 <listitem>
9144 <para>
9145 Type command: <emphasis>theApp.initialize()</emphasis>
9146 (it could also go at the bottom of the top options file)
9147 </para>
9148 </listitem>
9149 <listitem>
9150 <para>
9151 Start server by <emphasis>execfile
9152 ("InteractiveServer.py")</emphasis> after which the
9153 interactive prompt is taken over by the script.
9154 </para>
9155 </listitem>
9156 <listitem>
9157 <para>
9158 Provided that everything went well (no error messages were
9159 printed), algtools were initialised and the server was bound to the port,
9160 copy and paste this information into the Atlantis dialog:
9161 <itemizedlist>
9162 <listitem>
9163 <para>
9164 <emphasis>server name</emphasis>
9165 </para>
9166 </listitem>
9167 <listitem>
9168 <para>
9169 <emphasis>server port</emphasis>
9170 </para>
9171 </listitem>
9172 <listitem>
9173 <para>
9174 <emphasis>key</emphasis>
9175 </para>
9176 </listitem>
9177 </itemizedlist>
9178 Key is a randomly generated string and is a protection against user's Athena
9179 session being driven by another user who happens to put into his Atlantis
9180 dialog window the name of the remote machine and the port that someone else
9181 is using.
9182 </para>
9183 </listitem>
9184 <listitem>
9185 <para>
9186 Provided that there are no network security issues disabling
9187 direct communication, the user can now type the Athena commands in Atlantis,
9188 steer Athena and demand the actual XML event data or run the Athena vertex
9189 fitter from Atlantis.
9190 </para>
9191 </listitem>
9192 <listitem>
9193 <para>
9194 <emphasis>theApp.nextEvent()</emphasis> should be the first
9195 command to execute in order to be able to obtain some XML event data.
9196 </para>
9197 </listitem>
9198 <listitem>
9199 <para>
9200 Pressing Ctrl-c shuts down
9201 <emphasis>InteractiveServer.py</emphasis> and the
9202 interactive prompt is given back to the user.
9203 </para>
9204 </listitem>
9205 <listitem>
9206 <para>
9207 <emphasis>myTopOptions.py</emphasis>
9208 (bottom of the file)
9209 </para>
9210 <para>
9211 doJiveXML = True
9212 </para>
9213 <para>
9214 include ("RecExCommon/RecExCommon_topOptions.py")
9215 </para>
9216 <para>
9217 include ("PyAnalysisCore/InitPyAnalysisCore.py")
9218 </para>
9219 <para>
9220 include ("InteractiveTools/jobOptionsBase.py")
9221 </para>
9222 <para>
9223 ToolSvc.EventData2XML.DataTypes += ["Vertex"]
9224 </para>
9225 <para>
9226 ToolSvc.EventData2XML.xKalmanTracks = "Tracks"
9227 </para>
9228 <para>
9229 # vertexing algorithms
9230 </para>
9231 <para>
9232 # ToolSvc.VxWrapperTool.VxToolName = "Trk::FastVertexFitter"
9233 </para>
9234 <para>
9235 ToolSvc.VxWrapperTool.VxToolName = "Trk::FullVertexFitter"
9236 </para>
9237 </listitem>
9238 </itemizedlist>
9239 </para>
9240
9241 </sect1>
9242
9243 <!-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -->
9244 <sect1 id="AthenaVF">
9245 <title id="AthenaVF.title">8.2 Calling the Athena vertex fitter from
9246 Atlantis</title>
9247
9248 <para>
9249 <itemizedlist>
9250 <listitem>
9251 <para>
9252 It is necessary to carry out the procedure described in
9253 <xref endterm="AthenaSetup.title" linkend="AthenaSetup"></xref>
9254 The actual vertexing algorithm type is chosen in myTopOptions.py.
9255 The picture below shows the vertexing process.
9256 </para>
9257 </listitem>
9258 <listitem>
9259 <para>
9260 Tracks whose IDs are to be sent to the Athena vertex fitter
9261 have to be selected with the "rubberband" Atlantis interaction.
9262 After doing so, a pop-up menu appears on the canvas where the user selects
9263 <emphasis>New List</emphasis>, into which these tracks are put.
9264 </para>
9265 </listitem>
9266 <listitem>
9267 <para>
9268 The most recent list is now highlighted in the Atlantis List
9269 manager dialog window.
9270 </para>
9271 <para>
9272 If only <emphasis>Track</emphasis> tracks were put into the list (and no
9273 other objects such as hits or tracks of other types), an item
9274 <emphasis>Vertex in Athena</emphasis> appears in the context menu after
9275 right-clicking on the list item in the List manager.
9276 </para>
9277 <para>
9278 Only with <emphasis>Track</emphasis> tracks one can call the Athena vertex
9279 fitter. The Atlantis internal vertex fitter can be called upon
9280 <emphasis>Track</emphasis> tracks and <emphasis>iPatTrack</emphasis> tracks.
9281 </para>
9282 </listitem>
9283 <listitem>
9284 <para>
9285 Given that proper information was filled in the Atlantis
9286 Interactive Athena dialog and the connection to
9287 <emphasis>InteractiveServer.py</emphasis> could be established, the
9288 <emphasis>Track</emphasis> tracks IDs were sent to Athena and the fitter
9289 called. This can be observed in the window where Athena is started from.
9290 </para>
9291 <para>
9292 In order to find out whether or not the listed tracks come from a common
9293 vertex, the user has to hit the <emphasis>Get Event</emphasis> button and
9294 search for a new item of the <emphasis>RecVertex</emphasis> datatype (see
9295 event summary in the output window in the bottom part of the GUI or
9296 <emphasis>File → Event Properties</emphasis>) once updated event data
9297 arrive. If the vertex was found and the <emphasis>RecVertex</emphasis>
9298 datatype is switched on (Data tabpane, InDet) a newly calculated vertex will
9299 be displayed for instance in the XY projection as an ellipse. The tracks
9300 which form this vertex will be shortened to the centre of that ellipse
9301 (in XY).
9302 </para>
9303 </listitem>
9304 <listitem>
9305 <para>
9306 The picture below demonstrates the aforementioned procedure.
9307 </para>
9308 <para>
9309 <figure float="0">
9310 <title>Vertexing process</title>
9311 <mediaobject id="vertexingProcess">
9312 <imageobject>
9313 <imagedata fileref="vertexing.png" format="png" scale="100">
9314 </imagedata>
9315 </imageobject>
9316 <caption><para>
9317 </para></caption>
9318 </mediaobject>
9319 </figure>
9320 </para>
9321 </listitem>
9322 </itemizedlist>
9323 </para>
9324
9325 </sect1>
9326
9327 </chapter>
9328
9329 <!--=======================================================================-->
9330 <glossary id="atlantisglossary">
9331 <title>Glossary</title>
9332
9333 <glossentry>
9334 <glossterm>Atlantis Canvas</glossterm>
9335 <glossdef>
9336 <para>
9337 The name of the Display Window or Canvas. See <emphasis>Canvas</emphasis>.
9338 </para>
9339 </glossdef>
9340 </glossentry>
9341
9342 <glossentry>
9343 <glossterm>Atlantis GUI</glossterm>
9344 <glossdef>
9345 <para>
9346 The name of the Control Window. See <emphasis>Control Window</emphasis>.
9347 </para>
9348 </glossdef>
9349 </glossentry>
9350
9351 <glossentry>
9352 <glossterm>Canvas</glossterm>
9353 <glossdef>
9354 <para>
9355 Or Display Window. The permanent window used by Atlantis to show pictures.
9356 The Canvas contains one or more <emphasis>canvas pads</emphasis> in which
9357 the pictures are shown.
9358 </para>
9359 <para>
9360 (See <xref linkend="Canvas"></xref>)
9361 </para>
9362 </glossdef>
9363 </glossentry>
9364
9365 <glossentry>
9366 <glossterm>Canvas Control (Control Window)</glossterm>
9367 <glossdef>
9368 <para>
9369 For selection and control of <emphasis>canvas pads</emphasis>.
9370 </para>
9371 <para>
9372 (See <xref linkend="WindowControl"></xref>)
9373 </para>
9374 </glossdef>
9375 </glossentry>
9376
9377 <glossentry>
9378 <glossterm>Canvas Pad</glossterm>
9379 <glossdef>
9380 <para>
9381 A part of the <emphasis>Canvas</emphasis> that shows a picture of a specific
9382 event with specific cuts, transformations and interactions applied.
9383 </para>
9384 <para>
9385 (See <xref linkend="Window"></xref>)
9386 </para>
9387 </glossdef>
9388 </glossentry>
9389
9390 <glossentry>
9391 <glossterm>Central Point</glossterm>
9392 <glossdef>
9393 <para>
9394 Used by the ZMR interaction for zooming and rotation in a canvas window.
9395 </para>
9396 <para>
9397 (See <xref linkend="CentralPoint"></xref>)
9398 </para>
9399 </glossdef>
9400 </glossentry>
9401
9402 <glossentry>
9403 <glossterm>Control Window</glossterm>
9404 <glossdef>
9405 <para>
9406 Permanent window named "Atlantis GUI".
9407 The window used by Atlantis for control and management.
9408 It contains <emphasis>Menu</emphasis>, <emphasis>Canvas Control</emphasis>,
9409 <emphasis>Interaction Control</emphasis>,
9410 <emphasis>Parameter Control</emphasis> and
9411 <emphasis>Output Display</emphasis> parts.
9412 </para>
9413 <para>
9414 (See <xref linkend="ControlWindow"></xref>)
9415 </para>
9416 </glossdef>
9417 </glossentry>
9418
9419 <glossentry>
9420 <glossterm>Display Window</glossterm>
9421 <glossdef>
9422 <para>
9423 Or Canvas. See <emphasis>Canvas</emphasis>.
9424 </para>
9425 </glossdef>
9426 </glossentry>
9427
9428 <glossentry>
9429 <glossterm>Interaction Control (Control Window)</glossterm>
9430 <glossdef>
9431 <para>
9432 To select and control <emphasis>interactions</emphasis>.
9433 </para>
9434 <para>
9435 (See <xref linkend="InteractionControl"></xref>)
9436 </para>
9437 </glossdef>
9438 </glossentry>
9439
9440 <glossentry>
9441 <glossterm>Interactions</glossterm>
9442 <glossdef>
9443 <para>
9444 The real work! Zoom, move, rotate, select, special transformations, etc.
9445 </para>
9446 <para>
9447 (See <xref linkend="Interactions"></xref>)
9448 </para>
9449 </glossdef>
9450 </glossentry>
9451
9452 <glossentry>
9453 <glossterm>Menu (Control Window)</glossterm>
9454 <glossdef>
9455 <para>
9456 To select and print events, to set personal preferences, to get help
9457 and to reset Atlantis.
9458 </para>
9459 <para>
9460 (See <xref linkend="Menu"></xref>)
9461 </para>
9462 </glossdef>
9463 </glossentry>
9464
9465 <glossentry>
9466 <glossterm>Modifier Key</glossterm>
9467 <glossdef>
9468 <para>
9469 Combinations of a keyboard key and a mouse key, that are used to
9470 generate pop-up menus or to perform interactions.
9471 </para>
9472 <para>
9473 (See <xref linkend="MouseModifierKeys"></xref>)
9474 </para>
9475 </glossdef>
9476 </glossentry>
9477
9478 <glossentry>
9479 <glossterm>Output Display (Control Window)</glossterm>
9480 <glossdef>
9481 <para>
9482 Output area to display information about various topics, e.g. track
9483 information, pick information, cuts summary.
9484 </para>
9485 <para>
9486 (See <xref linkend="OutputDisplay"></xref>)
9487 </para>
9488 </glossdef>
9489 </glossentry>
9490
9491 <glossentry>
9492 <glossterm>Pad, Canvas</glossterm>
9493 <glossdef>
9494 <para>
9495 See <emphasis>Canvas Pad</emphasis>.
9496 </para>
9497 </glossdef>
9498 </glossentry>
9499
9500 <glossentry>
9501 <glossterm>Parameter Control (Control Window)</glossterm>
9502 <glossdef>
9503 <para>
9504 To view and modify Atlantis parameters.
9505 </para>
9506 <para>
9507 (See <xref linkend="ParametersControl"></xref>)
9508 </para>
9509 </glossdef>
9510 </glossentry>
9511
9512 <glossentry>
9513 <glossterm>Window, Control</glossterm>
9514 <glossdef>
9515 <para>
9516 See <emphasis>Control Window</emphasis>.
9517 </para>
9518 </glossdef>
9519 </glossentry>
9520
9521 <glossentry>
9522 <glossterm>Window, Display</glossterm>
9523 <glossdef>
9524 <para>
9525 Or Canvas. See <emphasis>Canvas</emphasis>.
9526 </para>
9527 </glossdef>
9528 </glossentry>
9529
9530 <glossentry>
9531 <glossterm>ZMR</glossterm>
9532 <glossdef>
9533 <para>
9534 Interaction to zoom, move and/or rotate a picture in a
9535 <emphasis>canvas pad</emphasis>.
9536 </para>
9537 <para>
9538 (See <xref linkend="ZMR"></xref>)
9539 </para>
9540 </glossdef>
9541 </glossentry>
9542
9543 </glossary>
9544
9545 <!--=======================================================================-->
9546 </book>
This page was automatically generated by the
LXR engine.
|
|